|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
7
|
34
|
|
|
35 #define CHECK_KEYS_TIME 30
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
37 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
39 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
40 {
|
|
|
41 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
12
|
42 N_(" ^X mode (^E^Y^L^]^F^I^K^D^U^V^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
43 /* Scroll has it's own msgs, in it's place there is the msg for local
|
|
|
44 * ctrl_x_mode = 0 (eg continue_status & CONT_LOCAL) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
45 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
51 NULL,
|
|
|
52 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
53 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
54 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
55 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
56 };
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
58 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 /*
|
|
|
61 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
62 */
|
|
|
63 struct Completion
|
|
|
64 {
|
|
|
65 struct Completion *next;
|
|
|
66 struct Completion *prev;
|
|
|
67 char_u *str; /* matched text */
|
|
|
68 char_u *fname; /* file containing the match */
|
|
|
69 int original; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
70 int number; /* sequence number */
|
|
|
71 };
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
73 /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
|
74 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1)
|
|
|
75 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
77 /*
|
|
|
78 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
|
79 * "first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
80 * "curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
81 * "shown_match" is different from curr_match during ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
|
82 */
|
|
|
83 static struct Completion *first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
84 static struct Completion *curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
85 static struct Completion *shown_match = NULL;
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
87 static int started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
88 static int completion_matches = 0;
|
|
|
89 static char_u *complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
90 static int complete_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
91 static int shown_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
92 static int completion_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
93 static pos_T initial_pos;
|
|
|
94 static colnr_T complete_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
95 that is being completed */
|
|
|
96 static int save_sm;
|
|
|
97 static char_u *original_text = NULL; /* text before completion */
|
|
|
98 static int continue_mode = 0;
|
|
|
99 static expand_T complete_xp;
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
101 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, char_u *, int dir, int reuse));
|
|
|
102 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int dir));
|
|
|
103 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
104 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int dir, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
|
105 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
106 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
107 static void ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
108 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
|
109 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini, int dir));
|
|
|
110 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
111 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
112 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion));
|
|
|
113 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
114 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
115 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
117 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
118 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
119 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
120 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
122 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
123 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
124 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
125 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
|
126 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
127 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
128 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
221
|
129 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
130 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
131 #endif
|
|
7
|
132 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
133 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
134 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
135 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
136 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
137 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
138 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
139 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
140 #endif
|
|
|
141 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
142 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
143 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
144 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
145 #endif
|
|
|
146 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
147 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
148 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar));
|
|
|
149 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
150 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
151 #endif
|
|
|
152 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
153 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
154 #endif
|
|
|
155 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
156 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
157 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
158 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
159 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
160 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
161 #endif
|
|
|
162 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
163 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
164 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
165 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
166 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
167 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
168 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
169 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
170 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
171 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
172 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
173 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
174 #endif
|
|
|
175 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
176 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
177 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
178 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
179 #endif
|
|
|
180 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
181 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
182 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
183 #endif
|
|
|
184 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
187 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
189 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
190 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
191 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
192 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
194 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
195 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
196 #endif
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
198 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
200 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
201 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
202 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
203 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
204 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
205 #endif
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
207 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
208 static short previous_script = smRoman;
|
|
|
209 #endif
|
|
|
210
|
|
|
211 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
212 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
213 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
215 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
216 under the cursor */
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
218 /*
|
|
|
219 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
220 *
|
|
|
221 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
222 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
223 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
224 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
225 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
226 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
227 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
228 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
229 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
230 *
|
|
|
231 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
232 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
233 *
|
|
|
234 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
235 */
|
|
|
236 int
|
|
|
237 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
238 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
239 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
240 long count;
|
|
|
241 {
|
|
|
242 int c = 0;
|
|
|
243 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
244 int lastc;
|
|
|
245 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
246 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
247 int i;
|
|
|
248 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
249 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
250 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
251 #endif
|
|
|
252 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
253 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
254 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
255 #endif
|
|
|
256 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
257 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
|
258 int did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
260 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
261 * error message */
|
|
|
262 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
264 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
265 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
266 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
267 {
|
|
|
268 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
269 return FALSE;
|
|
|
270 }
|
|
|
271 #endif
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
273 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
274 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
275 #endif
|
|
|
276
|
|
11
|
277 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
278 /*
|
|
|
279 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
280 */
|
|
|
281 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
282 {
|
|
|
283 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
284 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
285 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
286 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
287 else
|
|
|
288 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
289 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
|
290 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
291 }
|
|
|
292 #endif
|
|
|
293
|
|
7
|
294 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
295 /*
|
|
|
296 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
297 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
298 */
|
|
|
299 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
300 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
301 else
|
|
|
302 #endif
|
|
|
303 {
|
|
|
304 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
305 if (startln)
|
|
|
306 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
307 }
|
|
|
308 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
309 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
310 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
311 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
312
|
|
|
313 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
314 {
|
|
|
315 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
316 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
317 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
318 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
319 {
|
|
|
320 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
321 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
322 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
323 }
|
|
|
324 else
|
|
|
325 #endif
|
|
|
326 {
|
|
|
327 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
328 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
329 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
330 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
331 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
332 }
|
|
|
333 }
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
335 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
336 {
|
|
|
337 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
338 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
339 {
|
|
|
340 beep_flush();
|
|
|
341 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
342 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
343 }
|
|
|
344 else
|
|
|
345 #endif
|
|
|
346 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
347 }
|
|
|
348 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
349 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
350 {
|
|
|
351 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
352 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
353 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
354 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
355 }
|
|
|
356 #endif
|
|
|
357 else
|
|
|
358 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
360 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
362 /*
|
|
|
363 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
364 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
365 */
|
|
|
366 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
367
|
|
|
368 /*
|
|
|
369 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
370 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
371 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
372 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
373 */
|
|
|
374 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
375 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
376 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
377 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
378 #endif
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
380 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
381 KeyScript(previous_script);
|
|
|
382 #endif
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
384 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
385 setmouse();
|
|
|
386 #endif
|
|
|
387 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
388 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
389 #endif
|
|
|
390 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
391 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
392 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
393 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
394 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
395 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
396 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
397 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
398 #endif
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
400 /*
|
|
|
401 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
402 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
403 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
404 */
|
|
|
405 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
406 {
|
|
|
407 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
408 /*
|
|
|
409 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
410 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
411 */
|
|
|
412 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
413 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
414 else
|
|
|
415 #endif
|
|
|
416 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
417 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
418
|
|
|
419 /*
|
|
|
420 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
421 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
422 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
423 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
424 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
425 */
|
|
|
426 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
427 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
428 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
429 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
430 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
431 {
|
|
|
432 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
433 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
434 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
435 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
436 {
|
|
|
437 i = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
438 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
439 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
440 }
|
|
|
441 #endif
|
|
|
442 }
|
|
230
|
443 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
444 }
|
|
|
445 else
|
|
|
446 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
448 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
449 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
451 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
452 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
453
|
|
|
454 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
455 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
456 #endif
|
|
|
457 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
458 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
459 #endif
|
|
|
460 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
461 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
462 * restarting. */
|
|
|
463 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
464 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
465 #endif
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
467 /*
|
|
|
468 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
469 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
470 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
471 */
|
|
|
472 i = 0;
|
|
|
473 if (p_smd)
|
|
|
474 i = showmode();
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
476 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
477 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
479 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
480 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
481 #endif
|
|
|
482 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
483 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
484 #endif
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
486 /*
|
|
|
487 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
488 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
489 */
|
|
|
490 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
491 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
492 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
493 else
|
|
|
494 {
|
|
|
495 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
496 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
497 }
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
499 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
501 /*
|
|
|
502 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
503 */
|
|
|
504 for (;;)
|
|
|
505 {
|
|
|
506 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
507 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
508 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
509 else
|
|
|
510 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
511 #endif
|
|
|
512 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
513 count = 0;
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
515 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
516 {
|
|
|
517 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
518 count = 0;
|
|
|
519 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
520 }
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
522 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
523 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
524 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
526 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
527 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
528 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
529 {
|
|
|
530 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
531 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
532 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
533 }
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
535 /*
|
|
|
536 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
537 */
|
|
|
538 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
540 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
541 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
542 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
543 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
544 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
545 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
546 #endif
|
|
|
547
|
|
|
548 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
549 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
550 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
551 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
552 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
553 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
554 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
555 #endif
|
|
|
556
|
|
|
557 /*
|
|
|
558 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
559 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
560 * redraw.
|
|
|
561 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
562 * something.
|
|
|
563 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
564 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
565 */
|
|
|
566 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
567 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
568 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
569 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
570 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
571 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
572 #endif
|
|
|
573 )
|
|
|
574 {
|
|
|
575 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
576 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
578 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
579 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
580 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
581 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
582 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
583 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
584 #endif
|
|
|
585 ))
|
|
|
586 {
|
|
|
587 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
588 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
589 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
590 else
|
|
|
591 #endif
|
|
|
592 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
593 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
594 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
595 else
|
|
|
596 #endif
|
|
|
597 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
598 }
|
|
|
599 }
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
601 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
602 update_topline();
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
604 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
606 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
607
|
|
|
608 /*
|
|
|
609 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
610 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
611 */
|
|
|
612 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
614 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
615 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
616 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
617 #endif
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
619 update_curswant();
|
|
|
620 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
621 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
622 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
623 #endif
|
|
|
624
|
|
|
625 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
626 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
627 #endif
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
629 /*
|
|
|
630 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
631 */
|
|
|
632 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
633 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
635 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
636 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
637 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
638 #endif
|
|
|
639 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
640 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
641 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
642 #endif
|
|
|
643
|
|
|
644 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
645 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
646 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
|
647 ins_compl_prep(c);
|
|
|
648 #endif
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
650 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode
|
|
|
651 * selected with 'insertmode'. */
|
|
|
652 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
653 {
|
|
|
654 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
655 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
656 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
657 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
658 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
659 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
660 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
661 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G) /* it's something else */
|
|
|
662 {
|
|
|
663 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
664 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
665 }
|
|
|
666 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
667 continue;
|
|
|
668 else
|
|
|
669 {
|
|
|
670 count = 0;
|
|
|
671 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
672 }
|
|
|
673 }
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
675 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
676 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
677 #endif
|
|
|
678
|
|
|
679 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
680 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
681 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
682 #endif
|
|
|
683 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
684 {
|
|
|
685 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
686 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
687 continue;
|
|
|
688 }
|
|
|
689
|
|
|
690 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
691 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
692 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
693 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
694 # endif
|
|
|
695 )
|
|
|
696 {
|
|
|
697 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
698 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
699 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
700 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
701 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
702 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
703 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
704 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
705 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
706 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
707 }
|
|
|
708 #endif
|
|
|
709
|
|
|
710 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
711 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
712 switch (c)
|
|
|
713 {
|
|
|
714 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
715 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
716 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
717 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
718 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
719 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
720 }
|
|
|
721 #endif
|
|
|
722
|
|
|
723 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
724 /*
|
|
|
725 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
726 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
727 * characters.
|
|
|
728 */
|
|
|
729 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
730 continue;
|
|
|
731 #endif
|
|
|
732
|
|
|
733 /*
|
|
|
734 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
735 */
|
|
|
736 switch (c)
|
|
|
737 {
|
|
|
738 /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
739 case K_INS:
|
|
|
740 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
741 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
742 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
743 {
|
|
|
744 beep_flush();
|
|
|
745 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
746 break;
|
|
|
747 }
|
|
|
748 #endif
|
|
11
|
749 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
750 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
751 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
|
752 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
|
|
|
753 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
754 #endif
|
|
7
|
755 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
756 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
757 else
|
|
|
758 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
759 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
760 showmode();
|
|
|
761 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
762 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
763 #endif
|
|
|
764 break;
|
|
|
765
|
|
|
766 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
767 /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
768 case Ctrl_X:
|
|
12
|
769 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
7
|
770 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
771 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
772 {
|
|
|
773 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
774 * continue_status */
|
|
|
775 if (continue_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
|
776 continue_status = (continue_status | CONT_INTRPT);
|
|
|
777 else
|
|
|
778 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
779 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
780 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
781 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
782 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
783 showmode();
|
|
|
784 }
|
|
|
785 break;
|
|
|
786 #endif
|
|
|
787
|
|
|
788 /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
789 case K_SELECT:
|
|
|
790 break;
|
|
|
791
|
|
|
792 /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
793 case Ctrl_Z:
|
|
|
794 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
795 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
796 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
797 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
798 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
799
|
|
|
800 /* execute one command */
|
|
|
801 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
|
802 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
803 break;
|
|
|
804 count = 0;
|
|
|
805 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
806 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
807 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
808 else
|
|
|
809 #endif
|
|
|
810 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
811 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
812 else
|
|
|
813 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
814 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
815 if (virtual_active())
|
|
230
|
816 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
7
|
817 else
|
|
|
818 #endif
|
|
230
|
819 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
7
|
820 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
821
|
|
|
822 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
823 case K_SNIFF:
|
|
|
824 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
825 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
826 #endif
|
|
|
827
|
|
|
828 /* Hitting the help key in insert mode is like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
829 case K_HELP:
|
|
|
830 case K_F1:
|
|
|
831 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
832 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
833 if (p_im)
|
|
|
834 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
835 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
836
|
|
|
837 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
838 case K_F21:
|
|
|
839 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
840 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
841 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
842 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
843 break;
|
|
|
844 #endif
|
|
|
845
|
|
|
846 /* an escape ends input mode */
|
|
|
847 case ESC:
|
|
|
848 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
849 break;
|
|
|
850 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
852 case Ctrl_C:
|
|
|
853 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
854 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
855 {
|
|
|
856 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
857 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
858 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
859 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
860 }
|
|
|
861 #endif
|
|
|
862
|
|
|
863 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
864 do_intr:
|
|
|
865 #endif
|
|
|
866 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
867 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
868 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
869 {
|
|
|
870 if (got_int)
|
|
|
871 {
|
|
|
872 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
873 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
874 }
|
|
|
875 else
|
|
|
876 vim_beep();
|
|
|
877 break;
|
|
|
878 }
|
|
|
879 doESCkey:
|
|
|
880 /*
|
|
|
881 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
882 */
|
|
221
|
883 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
884 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
885 #endif
|
|
7
|
886 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
887 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
888 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
889 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
890
|
|
|
891 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar))
|
|
11
|
892 {
|
|
|
893 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
894 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
895 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
896 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
897 #endif
|
|
7
|
898 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
899 }
|
|
7
|
900 continue;
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
902 /*
|
|
|
903 * Insert the previously inserted text.
|
|
|
904 * For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
905 * error.
|
|
|
906 */
|
|
|
907 case K_ZERO:
|
|
|
908 case NUL:
|
|
|
909 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
|
910 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
911 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
912 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
913 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
914 break;
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
916 /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
|
917 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
918 ins_reg();
|
|
|
919 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
920 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
921 break;
|
|
|
922
|
|
|
923 case Ctrl_G:
|
|
|
924 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
925 break;
|
|
|
926
|
|
|
927 case Ctrl_HAT:
|
|
|
928 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
929 {
|
|
|
930 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
931 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
932 {
|
|
|
933 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
934 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
935 }
|
|
|
936 else
|
|
|
937 {
|
|
|
938 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
939 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
940 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
941 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
942 #endif
|
|
|
943 }
|
|
|
944 }
|
|
|
945 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
946 else
|
|
|
947 {
|
|
|
948 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
949 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
950 {
|
|
|
951 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
952 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
953 }
|
|
|
954 else
|
|
|
955 {
|
|
|
956 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
957 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
958 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
959 }
|
|
|
960 }
|
|
|
961 #endif
|
|
|
962 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
963 showmode();
|
|
|
964 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
965 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
966 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
967 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
968 #endif
|
|
|
969 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
970 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
971 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
972 #endif
|
|
|
973 break;
|
|
|
974
|
|
|
975 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
976 case Ctrl__:
|
|
|
977 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
978 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
979 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
980 break;
|
|
|
981 #endif
|
|
|
982
|
|
|
983 /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
|
984 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
985 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
986 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
987 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
988 #endif
|
|
|
989 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
990
|
|
|
991 /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
|
992 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
993 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
994 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
995 {
|
|
|
996 if (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)
|
|
|
997 {
|
|
|
998 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
237
|
999 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
7
|
1000 msg_attr((char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
237
|
1001 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
7
|
1002 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1003 {
|
|
|
1004 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1005 setcursor();
|
|
|
1006 out_flush();
|
|
|
1007 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1008 }
|
|
|
1009 break;
|
|
|
1010 }
|
|
|
1011 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1012 }
|
|
|
1013 # endif
|
|
|
1014 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
1015 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1016 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1017 break;
|
|
|
1018
|
|
|
1019 /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
|
1020 case K_DEL:
|
|
|
1021 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
1022 ins_del();
|
|
|
1023 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1024 break;
|
|
|
1025
|
|
|
1026 /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
|
1027 case K_BS:
|
|
|
1028 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
1029 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1030 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1031 break;
|
|
|
1032
|
|
|
1033 /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
|
1034 case Ctrl_W:
|
|
|
1035 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1036 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1037 break;
|
|
|
1038
|
|
|
1039 /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
|
1040 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
12
|
1041 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1042 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
|
1043 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
|
|
|
1044 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
|
1045 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1046 # endif
|
|
7
|
1047 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1048 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1049 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1050 break;
|
|
|
1051
|
|
|
1052 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
1053 case K_LEFTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1054 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
1055 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
1056 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1057 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
1058 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
1059 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
1060 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
1061 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1062 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
1063 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1064 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
1065 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
1066 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
1067 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
1068 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
1069 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
1070 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
1071 break;
|
|
|
1072
|
|
|
1073 /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
|
1074 case K_MOUSEDOWN:
|
|
|
1075 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
1076 break;
|
|
|
1077
|
|
|
1078 /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
|
1079 case K_MOUSEUP:
|
|
|
1080 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
1081 break;
|
|
|
1082 #endif
|
|
|
1083
|
|
|
1084 case K_IGNORE:
|
|
|
1085 break;
|
|
|
1086
|
|
|
1087 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1088 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1089 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1090 break;
|
|
|
1091
|
|
|
1092 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1093 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1094 break;
|
|
|
1095 #endif
|
|
|
1096
|
|
|
1097 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
1098 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1099 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1100 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1101 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1102 break;
|
|
|
1103
|
|
|
1104 case K_END:
|
|
|
1105 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1106 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1107 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1108 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1109 break;
|
|
|
1110
|
|
|
1111 case K_LEFT:
|
|
180
|
1112 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1113 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1114 else
|
|
|
1115 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1116 break;
|
|
|
1117
|
|
|
1118 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
1119 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1120 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1121 break;
|
|
|
1122
|
|
|
1123 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
180
|
1124 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1125 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1126 else
|
|
|
1127 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1128 break;
|
|
|
1129
|
|
|
1130 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1131 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1132 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1133 break;
|
|
|
1134
|
|
|
1135 case K_UP:
|
|
180
|
1136 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1137 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1138 else
|
|
|
1139 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1140 break;
|
|
|
1141
|
|
|
1142 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
1143 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1144 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
1145 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1146 break;
|
|
|
1147
|
|
|
1148 case K_DOWN:
|
|
180
|
1149 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1150 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1151 else
|
|
|
1152 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1153 break;
|
|
|
1154
|
|
|
1155 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
1156 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1157 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1158 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1159 break;
|
|
|
1160
|
|
|
1161 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
1162 case K_DROP:
|
|
|
1163 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1164 break;
|
|
|
1165 #endif
|
|
|
1166
|
|
|
1167 /* When <S-Tab> isn't mapped, use it like a normal TAB */
|
|
|
1168 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
1169 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1170 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1171
|
|
|
1172 /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
|
1173 case TAB:
|
|
|
1174 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1175 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1176 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1177 #endif
|
|
|
1178 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1179 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1180 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1181 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1182 break;
|
|
|
1183
|
|
|
1184 case K_KENTER:
|
|
|
1185 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1186 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1187 case CAR:
|
|
|
1188 case NL:
|
|
|
1189 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1190 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1191 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1192 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1193 {
|
|
|
1194 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1195 break;
|
|
|
1196 }
|
|
|
1197 #endif
|
|
|
1198 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1199 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1200 {
|
|
|
1201 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1202 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1203 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1204 }
|
|
|
1205 #endif
|
|
|
1206 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1207 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1208 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1209 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1210 break;
|
|
|
1211
|
|
|
1212 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
|
1213 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
1214 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1215 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1216 {
|
|
|
1217 if (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
|
1218 {
|
|
|
1219 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
237
|
1220 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
7
|
1221 msg_attr((char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty"),
|
|
237
|
1222 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
7
|
1223 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1224 {
|
|
|
1225 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1226 setcursor();
|
|
|
1227 out_flush();
|
|
|
1228 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1229 }
|
|
|
1230 break;
|
|
|
1231 }
|
|
|
1232 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1233 }
|
|
|
1234 # endif
|
|
|
1235 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1236 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1237 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1238 break;
|
|
|
1239 # endif
|
|
|
1240 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1241 #endif /* FEAT_DIGRAPHS || FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1242
|
|
|
1243 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1244 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1245 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1246 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1247 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1248
|
|
|
1249 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1250 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1251 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1252 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1253 #endif
|
|
|
1254
|
|
|
1255 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1256 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1257 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1258 #endif
|
|
|
1259 {
|
|
|
1260 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1261 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1262 {
|
|
|
1263 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1264 break;
|
|
|
1265 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1266 }
|
|
|
1267 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1268 }
|
|
|
1269 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1270 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1271
|
|
|
1272 /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
|
1273 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
1274 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1275 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1276 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1277 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1278 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
1279 && !(continue_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
|
1280 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1281
|
|
|
1282 docomplete:
|
|
|
1283 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1284 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
1285 break;
|
|
|
1286 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1287
|
|
|
1288 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1289 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1290 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1291 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
1292 {
|
|
|
1293 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
1294 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
1295 else
|
|
|
1296 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
1297 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
1298 }
|
|
|
1299 else
|
|
|
1300 #endif
|
|
|
1301 {
|
|
|
1302 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
1303 + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
1304 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
1305 {
|
|
|
1306 long tw_save;
|
|
|
1307
|
|
|
1308 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
1309 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
1310 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
1311 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
1312 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
1313 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1314 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
1315 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
1316 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1317 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
1318 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1319 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1320 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1321 #endif
|
|
|
1322 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
1323 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1324 }
|
|
|
1325 }
|
|
|
1326 break;
|
|
|
1327
|
|
|
1328 default:
|
|
|
1329 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1330 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1331 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1332 #endif
|
|
|
1333
|
|
|
1334 /*
|
|
|
1335 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1336 */
|
|
|
1337 normalchar:
|
|
|
1338 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1339 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1340 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1341 #endif
|
|
|
1342
|
|
|
1343 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1344 {
|
|
|
1345 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1346 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1347 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1348 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1349 #endif
|
|
|
1350 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1351 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1352 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1353 }
|
|
|
1354
|
|
|
1355 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1356 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1357 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1358 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1359 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1360 #endif
|
|
|
1361 c))
|
|
|
1362 {
|
|
|
1363 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1364 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1365 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1366 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1367 #endif
|
|
|
1368 }
|
|
|
1369
|
|
|
1370 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1371
|
|
|
1372 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1373 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1374 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1375 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1376 #endif
|
|
|
1377 break;
|
|
|
1378 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1379
|
|
|
1380 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1381 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1382 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1383
|
|
|
1384 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1385 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1386 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1387 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1388 # endif
|
|
|
1389 )
|
|
|
1390 {
|
|
|
1391 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1392 /*
|
|
|
1393 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1394 */
|
|
|
1395 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1396 {
|
|
|
1397 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1398 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1399 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1400 }
|
|
|
1401 }
|
|
|
1402 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1403
|
|
|
1404 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1405 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1406 }
|
|
|
1407
|
|
|
1408 /*
|
|
|
1409 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1410 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1411 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1412 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1413 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1414 */
|
|
|
1415 static void
|
|
|
1416 ins_redraw()
|
|
|
1417 {
|
|
|
1418 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1419 {
|
|
|
1420 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1421 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1422 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1423 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1424 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1425 setcursor();
|
|
|
1426 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1427 }
|
|
|
1428 }
|
|
|
1429
|
|
|
1430 /*
|
|
|
1431 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1432 */
|
|
|
1433 static void
|
|
|
1434 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1435 {
|
|
|
1436 int c;
|
|
|
1437
|
|
|
1438 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
1439 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
1440
|
|
|
1441 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1442 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1443 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1444
|
|
|
1445 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1446 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1447 #endif
|
|
|
1448
|
|
|
1449 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1450 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1451 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1452 #endif
|
|
|
1453 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1454 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1455 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1456 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1457 #endif
|
|
|
1458 }
|
|
|
1459
|
|
|
1460 /*
|
|
|
1461 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1462 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1463 */
|
|
|
1464 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1465 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1466 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1467 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1468 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1469 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1470 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1471 #else
|
|
|
1472 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1473 #endif
|
|
|
1474 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1475 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1476 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1477
|
|
|
1478 void
|
|
|
1479 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1480 int c;
|
|
|
1481 int highlight;
|
|
|
1482 {
|
|
|
1483 int attr;
|
|
|
1484
|
|
|
1485 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1486 {
|
|
|
1487 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1488 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1489 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1490 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1491 else
|
|
|
1492 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1493 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1494 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1495 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1496 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1497 #endif
|
|
|
1498 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1499 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1500 {
|
|
|
1501 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1502 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1503 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1504 {
|
|
|
1505 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1506
|
|
|
1507 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1508 {
|
|
|
1509 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1510 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1511 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1512 }
|
|
|
1513 }
|
|
|
1514 # endif
|
|
|
1515 }
|
|
|
1516 else
|
|
|
1517 #endif
|
|
|
1518 {
|
|
|
1519 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1520 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1521 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1522 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1523 #endif
|
|
|
1524 }
|
|
|
1525
|
|
|
1526 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1527 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1528 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1529 #endif
|
|
|
1530 {
|
|
|
1531 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1532 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1533 }
|
|
|
1534 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1535 }
|
|
|
1536 }
|
|
|
1537
|
|
|
1538 /*
|
|
|
1539 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1540 */
|
|
|
1541 void
|
|
|
1542 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1543 {
|
|
|
1544 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1545 {
|
|
|
1546 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1547 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1548 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1549 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1550 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1551 else
|
|
|
1552 #endif
|
|
|
1553 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1554 }
|
|
|
1555 }
|
|
|
1556
|
|
|
1557 /*
|
|
|
1558 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1559 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1560 */
|
|
|
1561 void
|
|
|
1562 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1563 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1564 {
|
|
|
1565 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1566
|
|
|
1567 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1568 return;
|
|
|
1569
|
|
|
1570 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1571 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1572 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1573 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1574 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1575 {
|
|
|
1576 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1577
|
|
|
1578 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1579 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1580 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1581 }
|
|
|
1582 #endif
|
|
|
1583 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1584 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1585 {
|
|
|
1586 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1587 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1588 }
|
|
|
1589 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1590 }
|
|
|
1591
|
|
|
1592 /*
|
|
|
1593 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1594 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1595 */
|
|
|
1596 static void
|
|
|
1597 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1598 {
|
|
|
1599 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1600 {
|
|
|
1601 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1602 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1603 }
|
|
|
1604 }
|
|
|
1605
|
|
|
1606 /*
|
|
|
1607 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1608 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1609 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1610 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1611 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1612 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1613 */
|
|
|
1614 void
|
|
|
1615 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1616 int type;
|
|
|
1617 int amount;
|
|
|
1618 int round;
|
|
|
1619 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1620 {
|
|
|
1621 int vcol;
|
|
|
1622 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1623 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1624 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1625 int i;
|
|
|
1626 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1627 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1628 int start_col;
|
|
|
1629 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1630 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1631 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1632 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1633
|
|
|
1634 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1635 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1636 {
|
|
|
1637 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1638 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1639 }
|
|
|
1640 #endif
|
|
|
1641
|
|
|
1642 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1643 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1644 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1645 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1646 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1647
|
|
|
1648 /*
|
|
|
1649 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1650 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1651 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1652 */
|
|
|
1653 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1654
|
|
|
1655 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1656 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1657 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1658 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1659
|
|
|
1660 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1661
|
|
|
1662 /*
|
|
|
1663 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1664 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1665 */
|
|
|
1666 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1667 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1668
|
|
|
1669 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1670 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1671
|
|
|
1672 /*
|
|
|
1673 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1674 */
|
|
|
1675 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1676 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1677 else
|
|
|
1678 {
|
|
|
1679 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1680 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1681
|
|
|
1682 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1683 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1684 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1685 #endif
|
|
|
1686 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1687 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1688 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1689 #endif
|
|
|
1690 }
|
|
|
1691 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1692
|
|
|
1693 /*
|
|
|
1694 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1695 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1696 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1697 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1698 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1699 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1700 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1701 */
|
|
|
1702 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1703 {
|
|
|
1704 /*
|
|
|
1705 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1706 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1707 */
|
|
|
1708 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1709 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1710 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1711 }
|
|
|
1712 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1713 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1714 else
|
|
|
1715 {
|
|
|
1716 /*
|
|
|
1717 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1718 */
|
|
|
1719 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1720 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1721
|
|
|
1722 /*
|
|
|
1723 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1724 */
|
|
|
1725 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1726 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1727 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1728 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1729 {
|
|
|
1730 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1731 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1732 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1733 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
|
1734 else
|
|
|
1735 #endif
|
|
|
1736 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1737 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1738 }
|
|
|
1739 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1740
|
|
|
1741 /*
|
|
|
1742 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1743 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1744 */
|
|
|
1745 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1746 {
|
|
|
1747 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1748 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1749 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1750 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1751 {
|
|
|
1752 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1753 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1754 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1755 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1756 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1757 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1758 }
|
|
|
1759 }
|
|
|
1760
|
|
|
1761 /*
|
|
|
1762 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1763 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1764 */
|
|
|
1765 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1766 }
|
|
|
1767
|
|
|
1768 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1769
|
|
|
1770 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1771 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1772 else
|
|
|
1773 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1774 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1775 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1776
|
|
|
1777 /*
|
|
|
1778 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1779 */
|
|
|
1780 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1781 {
|
|
|
1782 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1783 {
|
|
|
1784 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1785 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1786 else
|
|
|
1787 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1788 }
|
|
|
1789 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1790 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1791 else
|
|
|
1792 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1793 }
|
|
|
1794
|
|
|
1795 /*
|
|
|
1796 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1797 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1798 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1799 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1800 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1801 */
|
|
|
1802 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1803 {
|
|
|
1804 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1805 {
|
|
|
1806 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1807 --start_col;
|
|
|
1808 }
|
|
|
1809 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1810 {
|
|
|
1811 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1812 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1813 {
|
|
|
1814 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1815 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1816 }
|
|
|
1817 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1818 }
|
|
|
1819 }
|
|
|
1820
|
|
|
1821 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1822 /*
|
|
|
1823 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1824 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1825 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1826 */
|
|
|
1827 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1828 {
|
|
|
1829 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1830 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1831 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1832 return;
|
|
|
1833
|
|
|
1834 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1835 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1836 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1837 return;
|
|
|
1838
|
|
|
1839 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1840 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1841
|
|
|
1842 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1843 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1844 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1845
|
|
|
1846 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1847 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1848
|
|
|
1849 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1850 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1851
|
|
|
1852 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1853 }
|
|
|
1854 #endif
|
|
|
1855 }
|
|
|
1856
|
|
|
1857 /*
|
|
|
1858 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1859 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1860 * modes.
|
|
|
1861 */
|
|
|
1862 void
|
|
|
1863 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1864 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1865 {
|
|
|
1866 int i;
|
|
|
1867
|
|
|
1868 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1869 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1870 {
|
|
|
1871 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1872 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1873 }
|
|
|
1874 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1875 }
|
|
|
1876
|
|
|
1877 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1878 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1879 /*
|
|
|
1880 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1881 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1882 */
|
|
|
1883 void
|
|
|
1884 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1885 int col;
|
|
|
1886 {
|
|
|
1887 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1888 {
|
|
|
1889 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1890 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1891 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1892 else
|
|
|
1893 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1894 }
|
|
|
1895 }
|
|
|
1896 #endif
|
|
|
1897
|
|
|
1898 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1899 /*
|
|
|
1900 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1901 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1902 */
|
|
|
1903 int
|
|
|
1904 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1905 int c;
|
|
|
1906 {
|
|
|
1907 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1908 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1909 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1910
|
|
|
1911 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1912 {
|
|
|
1913 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1914 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1915 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
|
1916 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
|
1917 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1918 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1919 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
|
1920 || c == Ctrl_Q);
|
|
|
1921 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1922 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1923 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1924 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1925 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1926 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1927 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1928 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1929 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1930 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1931 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1932 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1933 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1934 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1935 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1936 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1937 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1938 #endif
|
|
|
1939 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1940 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1941 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
1942 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1943 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
|
1944 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1945 #endif
|
|
7
|
1946 }
|
|
|
1947 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1948 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1949 }
|
|
|
1950
|
|
|
1951 /*
|
|
|
1952 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if ic and inf are set, then the
|
|
|
1953 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1954 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1955 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
|
1956 */
|
|
|
1957 int
|
|
|
1958 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, reuse)
|
|
|
1959 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1960 int len;
|
|
|
1961 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1962 int dir;
|
|
|
1963 int reuse;
|
|
|
1964 {
|
|
|
1965 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
1966 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
1967 int idx;
|
|
|
1968
|
|
|
1969 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
1970 {
|
|
|
1971 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
1972 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
|
1973 STRNCPY(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
|
1974 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1975
|
|
|
1976 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
|
1977 for (idx = 0; idx < completion_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1978 {
|
|
|
1979 if (islower(original_text[idx]))
|
|
|
1980 {
|
|
|
1981 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
1982 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1983 {
|
|
|
1984 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
|
1985 for (idx = completion_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
|
1986 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1987 break;
|
|
|
1988 }
|
|
|
1989 }
|
|
|
1990 }
|
|
|
1991
|
|
|
1992 /*
|
|
|
1993 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
1994 * upper case.
|
|
|
1995 */
|
|
|
1996 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
1997 {
|
|
|
1998 for (idx = 0; idx < completion_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1999 {
|
|
|
2000 if (was_letter && isupper(original_text[idx])
|
|
|
2001 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
2002 {
|
|
|
2003 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
|
2004 for (idx = completion_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
|
2005 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
2006 break;
|
|
|
2007 }
|
|
|
2008 was_letter = isalpha(original_text[idx]);
|
|
|
2009 }
|
|
|
2010 }
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
|
2013 STRNCPY(IObuff, original_text, completion_length);
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, dir, reuse);
|
|
|
2016 }
|
|
|
2017 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, reuse);
|
|
|
2018 }
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
2020 /*
|
|
|
2021 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2022 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
2023 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
2024 * maybe because alloc returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
|
2025 */
|
|
|
2026 static int
|
|
|
2027 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, reuse)
|
|
|
2028 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2029 int len;
|
|
|
2030 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
2031 int dir;
|
|
|
2032 int reuse;
|
|
|
2033 {
|
|
|
2034 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2035
|
|
|
2036 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2037 if (got_int)
|
|
|
2038 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
2039 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
2040 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
2041
|
|
|
2042 /*
|
|
|
2043 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
2044 */
|
|
|
2045 if (first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2046 {
|
|
|
2047 match = first_match;
|
|
|
2048 do
|
|
|
2049 {
|
|
|
2050 if ( !(match->original & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2051 && STRNCMP(match->str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
|
2052 && match->str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
2053 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2054 match = match->next;
|
|
|
2055 } while (match != NULL && match != first_match);
|
|
|
2056 }
|
|
|
2057
|
|
|
2058 /*
|
|
|
2059 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2060 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2061 */
|
|
|
2062 match = (struct Completion *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct Completion));
|
|
|
2063 if (match == NULL)
|
|
|
2064 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
2065 match->number = -1;
|
|
|
2066 if (reuse & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2067 {
|
|
|
2068 match->number = 0;
|
|
|
2069 match->str = original_text;
|
|
|
2070 }
|
|
|
2071 else if ((match->str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
|
2072 {
|
|
|
2073 vim_free(match);
|
|
|
2074 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
2075 }
|
|
|
2076 /* match-fname is:
|
|
|
2077 * - curr_match->fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
|
2078 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2079 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
|
2080 if (fname && curr_match && curr_match->fname
|
|
|
2081 && STRCMP(fname, curr_match->fname) == 0)
|
|
|
2082 match->fname = curr_match->fname;
|
|
|
2083 else if (fname && (match->fname = vim_strsave(fname)) != NULL)
|
|
|
2084 reuse |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
|
2085 else
|
|
|
2086 match->fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2087 match->original = reuse;
|
|
|
2088
|
|
|
2089 /*
|
|
|
2090 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2091 */
|
|
|
2092 if (first_match == NULL)
|
|
|
2093 match->next = match->prev = NULL;
|
|
|
2094 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2095 {
|
|
|
2096 match->next = curr_match->next;
|
|
|
2097 match->prev = curr_match;
|
|
|
2098 }
|
|
|
2099 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2100 {
|
|
|
2101 match->next = curr_match;
|
|
|
2102 match->prev = curr_match->prev;
|
|
|
2103 }
|
|
|
2104 if (match->next)
|
|
|
2105 match->next->prev = match;
|
|
|
2106 if (match->prev)
|
|
|
2107 match->prev->next = match;
|
|
|
2108 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
|
2109 first_match = match;
|
|
|
2110 curr_match = match;
|
|
|
2111
|
|
|
2112 return OK;
|
|
|
2113 }
|
|
|
2114
|
|
|
2115 /*
|
|
|
2116 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2117 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2118 */
|
|
|
2119 static void
|
|
|
2120 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir)
|
|
|
2121 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2122 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2123 int dir;
|
|
|
2124 {
|
|
|
2125 int i;
|
|
|
2126 int add_r = OK;
|
|
|
2127 int ldir = dir;
|
|
|
2128
|
|
|
2129 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != RET_ERROR; i++)
|
|
|
2130 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, ldir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
|
2131 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2132 ldir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2133 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2134 }
|
|
|
2135
|
|
|
2136 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2137 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2138 */
|
|
|
2139 static int
|
|
|
2140 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2141 {
|
|
|
2142 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2143 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2144
|
|
|
2145 if (first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2146 {
|
|
|
2147 /*
|
|
|
2148 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2149 */
|
|
|
2150 match = first_match;
|
|
|
2151 /* there's always an entry for the original_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
|
2152 while (match->next != NULL && match->next != first_match)
|
|
|
2153 {
|
|
|
2154 match = match->next;
|
|
|
2155 ++count;
|
|
|
2156 }
|
|
|
2157 match->next = first_match;
|
|
|
2158 first_match->prev = match;
|
|
|
2159 }
|
|
|
2160 return count;
|
|
|
2161 }
|
|
|
2162
|
|
|
2163 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2164 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
|
2165 /*
|
|
|
2166 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
|
2167 * completions.
|
|
|
2168 */
|
|
|
2169 static void
|
|
|
2170 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, dir, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2171 char_u *dict;
|
|
|
2172 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2173 int dir;
|
|
|
2174 int flags;
|
|
|
2175 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2176 {
|
|
|
2177 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2178 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2179 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2180 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2181 int add_r;
|
|
|
2182 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2183 int count;
|
|
|
2184 int i;
|
|
|
2185 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2186
|
|
|
2187 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
|
2188 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2189 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2190 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2191 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2192 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2193 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2194 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
|
2195 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
|
|
2196 && !got_int && !completion_interrupted)
|
|
|
2197 {
|
|
|
2198 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2199 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2200 {
|
|
|
2201 count = 1;
|
|
|
2202 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2203 }
|
|
|
2204 else
|
|
|
2205 {
|
|
|
2206 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2207 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2208 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2209 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2210 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
|
2211 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2212 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2213 count = 0;
|
|
|
2214 }
|
|
|
2215
|
|
|
2216 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !completion_interrupted; i++)
|
|
|
2217 {
|
|
|
2218 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2219 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2220 {
|
|
274
|
2221 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2222 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
7
|
2223 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2224 }
|
|
|
2225
|
|
|
2226 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2227 {
|
|
|
2228 /*
|
|
|
2229 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2230 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2231 */
|
|
|
2232 while (!got_int && !completion_interrupted
|
|
|
2233 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
|
2234 {
|
|
|
2235 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2236 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2237 {
|
|
|
2238 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
|
2239 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2240 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
|
2241 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
|
2242 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2243 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2244 {
|
|
|
2245 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2246
|
|
|
2247 /*
|
|
|
2248 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2249 */
|
|
|
2250 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2251 {
|
|
|
2252 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2253 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2254 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2255 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2256 break;
|
|
|
2257 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2258
|
|
|
2259 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2260 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2261 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2262 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2263 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2264 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2265 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2266 {
|
|
|
2267 int l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2268
|
|
|
2269 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2270 break;
|
|
|
2271 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2272 }
|
|
|
2273 else
|
|
|
2274 #endif
|
|
|
2275 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2276 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2277 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2278 }
|
|
|
2279 }
|
|
|
2280 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2281 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2282 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2283 else if (add_r == RET_ERROR)
|
|
|
2284 break;
|
|
|
2285 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2286 * of line */
|
|
|
2287 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2288 break;
|
|
|
2289 }
|
|
|
2290 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2291 ins_compl_check_keys();
|
|
|
2292 }
|
|
|
2293 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2294 }
|
|
|
2295 }
|
|
|
2296 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2297 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2298 if (flags)
|
|
|
2299 break;
|
|
|
2300 }
|
|
|
2301 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2302 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2303 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2304 }
|
|
|
2305
|
|
|
2306 /*
|
|
|
2307 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2308 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2309 */
|
|
|
2310 char_u *
|
|
|
2311 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2312 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2313 {
|
|
|
2314 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2315 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2316 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
|
2317 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2318 else
|
|
|
2319 #endif
|
|
|
2320 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2321 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2322 return ptr;
|
|
|
2323 }
|
|
|
2324
|
|
|
2325 /*
|
|
|
2326 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2327 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2328 */
|
|
|
2329 char_u *
|
|
|
2330 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2331 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2332 {
|
|
|
2333 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2334 int start_class;
|
|
|
2335
|
|
|
2336 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2337 {
|
|
|
2338 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2339 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2340 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2341 {
|
|
|
2342 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2343 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2344 break;
|
|
|
2345 }
|
|
|
2346 }
|
|
|
2347 else
|
|
|
2348 #endif
|
|
|
2349 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2350 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2351 return ptr;
|
|
|
2352 }
|
|
|
2353
|
|
|
2354 /*
|
|
|
2355 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2356 */
|
|
|
2357 static void
|
|
|
2358 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2359 {
|
|
|
2360 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2361
|
|
|
2362 vim_free(complete_pat);
|
|
|
2363 complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
2364
|
|
|
2365 if (first_match == NULL)
|
|
|
2366 return;
|
|
|
2367 curr_match = first_match;
|
|
|
2368 do
|
|
|
2369 {
|
|
|
2370 match = curr_match;
|
|
|
2371 curr_match = curr_match->next;
|
|
|
2372 vim_free(match->str);
|
|
|
2373 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
|
2374 if (match->original & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2375 vim_free(match->fname);
|
|
|
2376 vim_free(match);
|
|
|
2377 } while (curr_match != NULL && curr_match != first_match);
|
|
|
2378 first_match = curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
2379 }
|
|
|
2380
|
|
|
2381 static void
|
|
|
2382 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2383 {
|
|
|
2384 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
2385 started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
2386 completion_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2387 vim_free(complete_pat);
|
|
|
2388 complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
2389 save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
2390 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2391 }
|
|
|
2392
|
|
|
2393 /*
|
|
|
2394 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
|
2395 */
|
|
|
2396 static void
|
|
|
2397 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2398 int c;
|
|
|
2399 {
|
|
|
2400 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2401 char_u *tmp_ptr;
|
|
|
2402 int temp;
|
|
|
2403 int want_cindent;
|
|
|
2404
|
|
|
2405 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
2406 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
2407 */
|
|
|
2408 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2409 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2410
|
|
|
2411 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
2412 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
|
2413 return;
|
|
|
2414
|
|
|
2415 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
2416 {
|
|
|
2417 /*
|
|
|
2418 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
2419 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
2420 */
|
|
|
2421 switch (c)
|
|
|
2422 {
|
|
|
2423 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
2424 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
2425 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
2426 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2427 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2428 else
|
|
|
2429 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2430 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2431 showmode();
|
|
|
2432 break;
|
|
|
2433 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
2434 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2435 break;
|
|
|
2436 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
2437 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
2438 break;
|
|
|
2439 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
2440 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2441 break;
|
|
|
2442 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
2443 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
2444 break;
|
|
|
2445 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
2446 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2447 break;
|
|
12
|
2448 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2449 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
2450 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
2451 break;
|
|
|
2452 #endif
|
|
7
|
2453 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
2454 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2455 break;
|
|
|
2456 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2457 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
2458 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
2459 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2460 break;
|
|
|
2461 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
2462 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2463 break;
|
|
|
2464 #endif
|
|
|
2465 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
2466 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
2467 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
2468 break;
|
|
|
2469 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
2470 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
2471 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
2472 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
2473 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2474 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
2475 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2476 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
2477 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2478 if (!(continue_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
2479 continue_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2480 else if (continue_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2481 continue_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2482 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
2483 default:
|
|
|
2484 /* if we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
2485 * continue_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X mode)
|
|
|
2486 * for mode 0, we set continue_mode to an impossible value, in
|
|
|
2487 * both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same mode
|
|
|
2488 * (avoiding ADDING mode). Undocumented feature:
|
|
|
2489 * In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start 'complete' and local
|
|
|
2490 * ^P expansions respectively. In mode 0 an extra ^X is
|
|
|
2491 * needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2492 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
2493 {
|
|
|
2494 if (continue_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2495 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
2496 else
|
|
|
2497 continue_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
2498 }
|
|
|
2499 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2500 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2501 showmode();
|
|
|
2502 break;
|
|
|
2503 }
|
|
|
2504 }
|
|
|
2505 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2506 {
|
|
|
2507 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
2508 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2509 {
|
|
|
2510 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
2511 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2512 else
|
|
|
2513 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
2514 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2515 }
|
|
|
2516 showmode();
|
|
|
2517 }
|
|
|
2518
|
|
|
2519 if (started_completion || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2520 {
|
|
|
2521 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
2522 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
|
2523 * showing what mode we are in.
|
|
|
2524 */
|
|
|
2525 showmode();
|
|
|
2526 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
2527 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2528 {
|
|
|
2529 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
2530 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
|
2531 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert.
|
|
|
2532 */
|
|
|
2533 if (curr_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2534 {
|
|
|
2535 /*
|
|
|
2536 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
2537 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
2538 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
2539 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
2540 */
|
|
|
2541 ptr = curr_match->str;
|
|
|
2542 tmp_ptr = original_text;
|
|
|
2543 while (*tmp_ptr && *tmp_ptr == *ptr)
|
|
|
2544 {
|
|
|
2545 ++tmp_ptr;
|
|
|
2546 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2547 }
|
|
|
2548 for (temp = 0; tmp_ptr[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
|
2549 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
|
2550 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr);
|
|
|
2551 }
|
|
|
2552
|
|
|
2553 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2554 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
2555 #endif
|
|
|
2556 /*
|
|
|
2557 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
2558 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
2559 */
|
|
|
2560 if (continue_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2561 {
|
|
|
2562 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2563 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
2564 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
2565 {
|
|
|
2566 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2567 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
2568 }
|
|
|
2569 #endif
|
|
|
2570 }
|
|
|
2571 else
|
|
|
2572 {
|
|
|
2573 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
2574 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
2575 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
2576 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
2577 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
2578 }
|
|
|
2579
|
|
|
2580 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
2581
|
|
|
2582 ins_compl_free();
|
|
|
2583 started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
2584 completion_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2585 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
2586 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2587 p_sm = save_sm;
|
|
|
2588 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
2589 {
|
|
|
2590 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2591 showmode();
|
|
|
2592 }
|
|
|
2593
|
|
|
2594 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2595 /*
|
|
|
2596 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
2597 */
|
|
|
2598 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
2599 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2600 #endif
|
|
|
2601 }
|
|
|
2602 }
|
|
|
2603
|
|
|
2604 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
2605 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
2606 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2607 {
|
|
|
2608 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
2609 continue_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2610 }
|
|
|
2611 }
|
|
|
2612
|
|
|
2613 /*
|
|
|
2614 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
2615 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
2616 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
2617 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
2618 *
|
|
|
2619 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2620 */
|
|
|
2621 static buf_T *
|
|
|
2622 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
2623 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2624 int flag;
|
|
|
2625 {
|
|
|
2626 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2627 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2628 #endif
|
|
|
2629
|
|
|
2630 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
2631 {
|
|
|
2632 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2633 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
2634 wp = curwin;
|
|
|
2635 while ((wp = wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin) != curwin
|
|
|
2636 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2637 ;
|
|
|
2638 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
2639 #else
|
|
|
2640 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2641 #endif
|
|
|
2642 }
|
|
|
2643 else
|
|
|
2644 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
2645 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
2646 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
|
2647 while ((buf = buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf) != curbuf
|
|
|
2648 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
2649 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2650 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2651 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
|
2652 || buf->b_scanned
|
|
|
2653 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
|
|
|
2654 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
|
|
|
2655 ;
|
|
|
2656 return buf;
|
|
|
2657 }
|
|
|
2658
|
|
12
|
2659 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2660 static char_u *call_completefunc __ARGS((char_u *line, char_u *base, int col, int preproc));
|
|
20
|
2661 static int expand_by_function __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, int col, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
|
|
12
|
2662
|
|
|
2663 /*
|
|
|
2664 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc'.
|
|
|
2665 * Return NULL if some error occurs.
|
|
|
2666 */
|
|
|
2667 static char_u *
|
|
|
2668 call_completefunc(line, base, col, preproc)
|
|
|
2669 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2670 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2671 int col;
|
|
|
2672 int preproc;
|
|
|
2673 {
|
|
|
2674 char_u colbuf[30];
|
|
|
2675 char_u *args[4];
|
|
|
2676
|
|
|
2677 /* Return NULL when 'completefunc' isn't set. */
|
|
|
2678 if (*curbuf->b_p_cfu == NUL)
|
|
|
2679 return NULL;
|
|
|
2680
|
|
|
2681 sprintf((char *)colbuf, "%d", col + (base ? (int)STRLEN(base) : 0));
|
|
|
2682 args[0] = line;
|
|
|
2683 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
2684 args[2] = colbuf;
|
|
20
|
2685 args[3] = (char_u *)(preproc ? "1" : "0");
|
|
12
|
2686 return call_vim_function(curbuf->b_p_cfu, 4, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
2687 }
|
|
|
2688
|
|
|
2689 /*
|
|
|
2690 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc', and get candidates
|
|
|
2691 * are separeted with "\n". Return value is number of candidates and array
|
|
|
2692 * of candidates as "matches".
|
|
|
2693 */
|
|
|
2694 static int
|
|
|
2695 expand_by_function(lnum, col, base, matches)
|
|
20
|
2696 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
12
|
2697 int col;
|
|
|
2698 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2699 char_u ***matches;
|
|
|
2700 {
|
|
|
2701 char_u *matchstr = NULL;
|
|
|
2702
|
|
|
2703 /* Execute 'completefunc' and get the result */
|
|
|
2704 matchstr = call_completefunc(ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE), base, col, 0);
|
|
|
2705
|
|
|
2706 /* Parse returned string */
|
|
|
2707 if (matchstr != NULL)
|
|
|
2708 {
|
|
|
2709 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
2710 char_u *p, *pnext;
|
|
|
2711
|
|
|
2712 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char*), 8);
|
|
|
2713 for (p = matchstr; *p != NUL; p = pnext)
|
|
|
2714 {
|
|
|
2715 int len;
|
|
|
2716
|
|
|
2717 pnext = vim_strchr(p, '\n');
|
|
|
2718 if (pnext == NULL)
|
|
|
2719 pnext = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
2720 len = pnext - p;
|
|
|
2721 if (len > 0)
|
|
|
2722 {
|
|
|
2723 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2724 break;
|
|
|
2725 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = vim_strnsave(p, len);
|
|
|
2726 ++ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2727 }
|
|
|
2728 if (*pnext != NUL)
|
|
|
2729 ++pnext;
|
|
|
2730 }
|
|
|
2731 vim_free(matchstr);
|
|
|
2732 if (ga.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
2733 *matches = (char_u**)ga.ga_data;
|
|
|
2734 return ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2735 }
|
|
|
2736 return 0;
|
|
|
2737 }
|
|
|
2738 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
2739
|
|
7
|
2740 /*
|
|
|
2741 * Get the next expansion(s) for the text starting at the initial curbuf
|
|
|
2742 * position "ini" and in the direction dir.
|
|
|
2743 * Return the total of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2744 */
|
|
|
2745 static int
|
|
|
2746 ins_compl_get_exp(ini, dir)
|
|
|
2747 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
2748 int dir;
|
|
|
2749 {
|
|
|
2750 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2751 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
2752 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
|
2753 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches. */
|
|
|
2754 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL;
|
|
|
2755
|
|
|
2756 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2757 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2758 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2759 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
2760 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2761 int i;
|
|
|
2762 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2763 int len;
|
|
|
2764 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
2765 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
2766 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2767 char_u *tmp_ptr;
|
|
|
2768 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2769 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
2770 struct Completion *old_match;
|
|
|
2771
|
|
|
2772 if (!started_completion)
|
|
|
2773 {
|
|
|
2774 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
2775 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
2776 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2777 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
12
|
2778 e_cpt = (continue_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
2779 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
2780 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2781 }
|
|
|
2782
|
|
|
2783 old_match = curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
|
2784 pos = (dir == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2785 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
2786 for (;;)
|
|
|
2787 {
|
|
|
2788 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2789
|
|
|
2790 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if started_completion is off,
|
|
|
2791 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
2792 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
2793 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2794 && (!started_completion || found_all))
|
|
|
2795 {
|
|
|
2796 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2797 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
2798 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
2799 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2800 {
|
|
|
2801 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2802 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2803 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
2804 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
2805 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
2806 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2807 type = 0;
|
|
|
2808 }
|
|
|
2809 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
2810 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
2811 {
|
|
|
2812 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
2813 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
2814 {
|
|
|
2815 started_completion = TRUE;
|
|
|
2816 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2817 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
2818 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2819 type = 0;
|
|
|
2820 }
|
|
|
2821 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
2822 {
|
|
|
2823 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2824 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
2825 continue;
|
|
|
2826 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2827 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
2828 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
2829 }
|
|
274
|
2830 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
2831 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
2832 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
2833 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
2834 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
2835 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
2836 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2837 }
|
|
|
2838 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
2839 break;
|
|
|
2840 else
|
|
|
2841 {
|
|
|
2842 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2843 type = -1;
|
|
|
2844 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
2845 {
|
|
|
2846 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
2847 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2848 else
|
|
|
2849 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2850 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
2851 {
|
|
|
2852 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
2853 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
2854 }
|
|
|
2855 }
|
|
|
2856 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2857 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
2858 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2859 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
2860 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2861 #endif
|
|
|
2862 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
2863 {
|
|
|
2864 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2865 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
2866 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2867 }
|
|
|
2868 else
|
|
|
2869 type = -1;
|
|
|
2870
|
|
|
2871 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
2872 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2873
|
|
|
2874 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2875 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
2876 continue;
|
|
|
2877 }
|
|
|
2878 }
|
|
|
2879
|
|
|
2880 switch (type)
|
|
|
2881 {
|
|
|
2882 case -1:
|
|
|
2883 break;
|
|
|
2884 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2885 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
2886 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
2887 find_pattern_in_path(complete_pat, dir,
|
|
|
2888 (int)STRLEN(complete_pat), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
|
2889 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
|
2890 && !(continue_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
|
2891 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
2892 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
2893 break;
|
|
|
2894 #endif
|
|
|
2895
|
|
|
2896 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
2897 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
2898 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
|
2899 dict ? dict
|
|
|
2900 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
2901 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
2902 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
2903 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
2904 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
2905 ? p_dict
|
|
|
2906 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
|
2907 complete_pat, dir,
|
|
|
2908 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
|
2909 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2910 break;
|
|
|
2911
|
|
|
2912 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
2913 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
2914 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
|
2915 p_ic = ignorecase(complete_pat);
|
|
|
2916
|
|
|
2917 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
|
2918 * of matches is found when complete_pat is empty */
|
|
|
2919 if (find_tags(complete_pat, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
|
2920 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
2921 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
2922 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2923 {
|
|
|
2924 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2925 }
|
|
|
2926 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2927 break;
|
|
|
2928
|
|
|
2929 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
2930 if (expand_wildcards(1, &complete_pat, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
|
2931 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
2932 {
|
|
|
2933
|
|
|
2934 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
|
2935 tilde_replace(complete_pat, num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2936 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2937 }
|
|
|
2938 break;
|
|
|
2939
|
|
|
2940 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
2941 if (expand_cmdline(&complete_xp, complete_pat,
|
|
|
2942 (int)STRLEN(complete_pat),
|
|
|
2943 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
|
2944 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2945 break;
|
|
|
2946
|
|
12
|
2947 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2948 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
|
2949 num_matches = expand_by_function(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
2950 first_match_pos.col, complete_pat, &matches);
|
|
|
2951 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2952 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2953 break;
|
|
|
2954 #endif
|
|
|
2955
|
|
7
|
2956 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
2957 /*
|
|
|
2958 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
2959 */
|
|
|
2960 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2961 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2962 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2963 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
2964 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
2965 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
2966 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
2967 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
2968 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
2969 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
2970 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
2971 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
2972 for (;;)
|
|
|
2973 {
|
|
|
2974 int reuse = 0;
|
|
|
2975
|
|
|
2976 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that has
|
|
|
2977 * added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
|
2978 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
|
2979 || (continue_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
|
2980 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
|
2981 dir, complete_pat);
|
|
|
2982 else
|
|
|
2983 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, dir,
|
|
|
2984 complete_pat, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
|
2985 RE_LAST);
|
|
|
2986 if (!started_completion)
|
|
|
2987 {
|
|
|
2988 /* set started_completion even on fail */
|
|
|
2989 started_completion = TRUE;
|
|
|
2990 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2991 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2992 }
|
|
|
2993 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
|
2994 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
|
2995 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2996 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
2997 {
|
|
|
2998 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
2999 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3000 break;
|
|
|
3001 }
|
|
|
3002
|
|
|
3003 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
|
3004 if ( (continue_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
|
3005 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
3006 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
3007 continue;
|
|
|
3008 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
3009 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3010 {
|
|
|
3011 if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3012 {
|
|
|
3013 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3014 continue;
|
|
|
3015 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3016 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
3017 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3018 }
|
|
|
3019 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
3020 }
|
|
|
3021 else
|
|
|
3022 {
|
|
|
3023 tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
3024 if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3025 {
|
|
|
3026 tmp_ptr += completion_length;
|
|
|
3027 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
3028 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3029 continue;
|
|
|
3030 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3031 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3032 }
|
|
|
3033 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
3034 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3035 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3036
|
|
|
3037 if ((continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3038 && len == completion_length)
|
|
|
3039 {
|
|
|
3040 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3041 {
|
|
|
3042 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
3043 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
3044 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
|
3045 * completion_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
|
3046 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3047 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
3048 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3049 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3050 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3051 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3052 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
3053 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3054 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
3055 {
|
|
|
3056 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len-1] != TAB)
|
|
|
3057 {
|
|
|
3058 if (IObuff[len-1] != ' ')
|
|
|
3059 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3060 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
3061 if (p_js
|
|
|
3062 && (IObuff[len-2] == '.'
|
|
|
3063 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
3064 == NULL
|
|
|
3065 && (IObuff[len-2] == '?'
|
|
|
3066 || IObuff[len-2] == '!'))))
|
|
|
3067 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3068 }
|
|
|
3069 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
3070 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
3071 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
3072 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3073 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3074 reuse |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
3075 }
|
|
|
3076 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3077 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
3078 }
|
|
|
3079 if (len == completion_length)
|
|
|
3080 continue;
|
|
|
3081 }
|
|
|
3082 }
|
|
|
3083 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
|
|
3084 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
|
3085 dir, reuse) != FAIL)
|
|
|
3086 {
|
|
|
3087 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3088 break;
|
|
|
3089 }
|
|
|
3090 }
|
|
|
3091 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3092 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3093 }
|
|
|
3094 /* check if curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of expansion
|
|
|
3095 * added somenthing) */
|
|
|
3096 if (curr_match != old_match)
|
|
|
3097 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3098
|
|
|
3099 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
3100 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
3101 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3102 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
|
3103 break;
|
|
|
3104
|
|
|
3105 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
3106 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
3107 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
3108
|
|
|
3109 started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
3110 }
|
|
|
3111 started_completion = TRUE;
|
|
|
3112
|
|
|
3113 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3114 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
3115 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3116
|
|
|
3117 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
3118 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
3119 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
3120 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
3121
|
|
|
3122 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
|
3123 * just been made cyclic then we have to move curr_match to the next or
|
|
|
3124 * previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3125 curr_match = dir == FORWARD ? old_match->next : old_match->prev;
|
|
|
3126 if (curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3127 curr_match = old_match;
|
|
|
3128 return i;
|
|
|
3129 }
|
|
|
3130
|
|
|
3131 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3132 static void
|
|
|
3133 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3134 {
|
|
|
3135 int i;
|
|
|
3136
|
|
|
3137 /*
|
|
|
3138 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3139 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3140 */
|
|
|
3141 i = complete_col + (continue_status & CONT_ADDING ? completion_length : 0);
|
|
|
3142 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3143 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3144 }
|
|
|
3145
|
|
|
3146 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3147 static void
|
|
|
3148 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3149 {
|
|
|
3150 ins_bytes(shown_match->str + curwin->w_cursor.col - complete_col);
|
|
|
3151 }
|
|
|
3152
|
|
|
3153 /*
|
|
|
3154 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
|
3155 * If allow_get_expansion is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to get
|
|
|
3156 * more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there are
|
|
|
3157 * no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when we
|
|
|
3158 * are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing through
|
|
|
3159 * the ones found so far.
|
|
|
3160 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3161 *
|
|
|
3162 * curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3163 * shown_match here.
|
|
|
3164 *
|
|
|
3165 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
|
3166 * allow_get_expansion TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3167 * calls this function with allow_get_expansion FALSE.
|
|
|
3168 */
|
|
|
3169 static int
|
|
|
3170 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3171 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
|
3172 {
|
|
|
3173 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3174 int i;
|
|
|
3175
|
|
|
3176 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3177 {
|
|
|
3178 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3179 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3180 }
|
|
|
3181 completion_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
3182 if (shown_direction == FORWARD && shown_match->next != NULL)
|
|
|
3183 shown_match = shown_match->next;
|
|
|
3184 else if (shown_direction == BACKWARD && shown_match->prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3185 shown_match = shown_match->prev;
|
|
|
3186 else
|
|
|
3187 {
|
|
|
3188 completion_pending = TRUE;
|
|
|
3189 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3190 {
|
|
|
3191 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&initial_pos, complete_direction);
|
|
|
3192 if (completion_pending)
|
|
|
3193 {
|
|
|
3194 if (complete_direction == shown_direction)
|
|
|
3195 shown_match = curr_match;
|
|
|
3196 }
|
|
|
3197 }
|
|
|
3198 else
|
|
|
3199 return -1;
|
|
|
3200 }
|
|
|
3201
|
|
|
3202 /* Insert the text of the new completion */
|
|
|
3203 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3204
|
|
|
3205 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3206 {
|
|
|
3207 /* Display the current match. */
|
|
|
3208 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3209
|
|
|
3210 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3211 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3212 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3213 }
|
|
|
3214
|
|
|
3215 /*
|
|
|
3216 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3217 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3218 */
|
|
|
3219 if (shown_match->fname != NULL)
|
|
|
3220 {
|
|
|
3221 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
|
3222 i = (vim_strsize(shown_match->fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
|
3223 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3224 i = 0;
|
|
|
3225 else
|
|
|
3226 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
|
3227 STRCAT(IObuff, shown_match->fname + i);
|
|
|
3228 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3229 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3230 }
|
|
|
3231
|
|
|
3232 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3233 }
|
|
|
3234
|
|
|
3235 /*
|
|
|
3236 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3237 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
|
3238 * mode. Also, when completion_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
|
|
3239 * possible. -- webb
|
|
|
3240 */
|
|
|
3241 void
|
|
|
3242 ins_compl_check_keys()
|
|
|
3243 {
|
|
|
3244 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3245
|
|
|
3246 int c;
|
|
|
3247
|
|
|
3248 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3249 * scripts */
|
|
|
3250 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3251 return;
|
|
|
3252
|
|
|
3253 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
|
3254 if (++count < CHECK_KEYS_TIME)
|
|
|
3255 return;
|
|
|
3256 count = 0;
|
|
|
3257
|
|
|
3258 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3259 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3260 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3261 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3262 {
|
|
|
3263 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3264 {
|
|
|
3265 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
|
3266 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
|
3267 shown_direction = BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3268 else
|
|
|
3269 shown_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3270 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3271 }
|
|
|
3272 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3273 completion_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3274 }
|
|
|
3275 if (completion_pending && !got_int)
|
|
|
3276 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3277 }
|
|
|
3278
|
|
|
3279 /*
|
|
|
3280 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
3281 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
3282 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
3283 */
|
|
|
3284 static int
|
|
|
3285 ins_complete(c)
|
|
|
3286 int c;
|
|
|
3287 {
|
|
|
3288 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3289 char_u *tmp_ptr = NULL; /* init for gcc */
|
|
|
3290 int temp = 0;
|
|
|
3291
|
|
|
3292 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
|
3293 complete_direction = BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3294 else
|
|
|
3295 complete_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3296 if (!started_completion)
|
|
|
3297 {
|
|
|
3298 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
3299
|
|
|
3300 /* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
|
|
|
3301 save_sm = p_sm;
|
|
|
3302 p_sm = FALSE;
|
|
|
3303
|
|
|
3304 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
3305 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
3306 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3307 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3308 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
3309 #endif
|
|
|
3310 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3311 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3312
|
|
|
3313 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
3314 complete_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3315
|
|
|
3316 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
|
3317 * "initial_pos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word instead
|
|
|
3318 * of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if "initial_pos"
|
|
|
3319 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
3320 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
3321 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
3322 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
|
3323 if ((continue_status & CONT_INTRPT) && continue_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
3324 {
|
|
|
3325 /*
|
|
|
3326 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
3327 */
|
|
|
3328 continue_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
|
3329 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3330 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3331 {
|
|
|
3332 if (initial_pos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
3333 {
|
|
|
3334 /* line (probably) wrapped, set initial_pos to the first
|
|
|
3335 * non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar include
|
|
|
3336 * it to get a better pattern, but then we don't want the
|
|
|
3337 * "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
3338 tmp_ptr = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
3339 initial_pos.col = (colnr_T) (tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3340 initial_pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3341 continue_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
|
3342 }
|
|
|
3343 else
|
|
|
3344 {
|
|
|
3345 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
3346 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
|
3347 * mode but first we need to redefine initial_pos */
|
|
|
3348 if (continue_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3349 {
|
|
|
3350 continue_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3351 initial_pos.col = (colnr_T) (skipwhite(line + completion_length +
|
|
|
3352 initial_pos.col) - line);
|
|
|
3353 }
|
|
|
3354 tmp_ptr = line + initial_pos.col;
|
|
|
3355 }
|
|
|
3356 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)(tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3357 /* IObuf is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
|
3358 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
3359 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
|
3360 if (temp > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
|
3361 {
|
|
|
3362 continue_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3363 temp = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
3364 tmp_ptr = line + curwin->w_cursor.col - temp;
|
|
|
3365 }
|
|
|
3366 continue_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3367 if (temp < 1)
|
|
|
3368 continue_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3369 }
|
|
|
3370 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3371 continue_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3372 else
|
|
|
3373 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
3374 }
|
|
|
3375 else
|
|
|
3376 continue_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3377
|
|
|
3378 if (!(continue_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
3379 {
|
|
|
3380 continue_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
3381 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
|
3382 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
3383 continue_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3384 initial_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3385 temp = (int)complete_col;
|
|
|
3386 tmp_ptr = line;
|
|
|
3387 }
|
|
|
3388
|
|
|
3389 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
3390 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
3391 {
|
|
|
3392 if ( (continue_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
|
3393 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3394 {
|
|
|
3395 if (!(continue_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
|
3396 {
|
|
|
3397 while (--temp >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[temp]))
|
|
|
3398 ;
|
|
|
3399 tmp_ptr += ++temp;
|
|
|
3400 temp = complete_col - temp;
|
|
|
3401 }
|
|
|
3402 if (p_ic)
|
|
133
|
3403 complete_pat = str_foldcase(tmp_ptr, temp, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3404 else
|
|
|
3405 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3406 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3407 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3408 }
|
|
|
3409 else if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3410 {
|
|
|
3411 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
3412
|
|
|
3413 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
3414 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3415 complete_pat = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, tmp_ptr, temp) + 3);
|
|
|
3416 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3417 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3418 if (!vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)
|
|
|
3419 || (tmp_ptr > line
|
|
|
3420 && (
|
|
|
3421 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3422 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3423 #else
|
|
|
3424 vim_iswordc(*(tmp_ptr - 1))
|
|
|
3425 #endif
|
|
|
3426 )))
|
|
|
3427 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3428 STRCPY((char *)complete_pat, prefix);
|
|
|
3429 (void)quote_meta(complete_pat + STRLEN(prefix), tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3430 }
|
|
|
3431 else if (
|
|
|
3432 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3433 --temp < 0 || !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line,
|
|
|
3434 line + temp + 1))
|
|
|
3435 #else
|
|
|
3436 --temp < 0 || !vim_iswordc(line[temp])
|
|
|
3437 #endif
|
|
|
3438 )
|
|
|
3439 {
|
|
|
3440 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
|
3441 complete_pat = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
3442 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3443 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3444 tmp_ptr += complete_col;
|
|
|
3445 temp = 0;
|
|
|
3446 }
|
|
|
3447 else
|
|
|
3448 {
|
|
|
3449 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3450 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
3451 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
3452 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3453 {
|
|
|
3454 int base_class;
|
|
|
3455 int head_off;
|
|
|
3456
|
|
|
3457 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + temp);
|
|
|
3458 base_class = mb_get_class(line + temp);
|
|
|
3459 while (--temp >= 0)
|
|
|
3460 {
|
|
|
3461 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + temp);
|
|
|
3462 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + temp - head_off))
|
|
|
3463 break;
|
|
|
3464 temp -= head_off;
|
|
|
3465 }
|
|
|
3466 }
|
|
|
3467 else
|
|
|
3468 #endif
|
|
|
3469 while (--temp >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[temp]))
|
|
|
3470 ;
|
|
|
3471 tmp_ptr += ++temp;
|
|
|
3472 if ((temp = (int)complete_col - temp) == 1)
|
|
|
3473 {
|
|
|
3474 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
3475 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
3476 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3477 */
|
|
|
3478 complete_pat = alloc(7);
|
|
|
3479 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3480 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3481 STRCPY((char *)complete_pat, "\\<");
|
|
|
3482 (void)quote_meta(complete_pat + 2, tmp_ptr, 1);
|
|
|
3483 STRCAT((char *)complete_pat, "\\k");
|
|
|
3484 }
|
|
|
3485 else
|
|
|
3486 {
|
|
|
3487 complete_pat = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, tmp_ptr, temp) + 3);
|
|
|
3488 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3489 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3490 STRCPY((char *)complete_pat, "\\<");
|
|
|
3491 (void)quote_meta(complete_pat + 2, tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3492 }
|
|
|
3493 }
|
|
|
3494 }
|
|
|
3495 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3496 {
|
|
|
3497 tmp_ptr = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
3498 temp = (int)complete_col - (int)(tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3499 if (temp < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
3500 temp = 0;
|
|
|
3501 if (p_ic)
|
|
133
|
3502 complete_pat = str_foldcase(tmp_ptr, temp, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3503 else
|
|
|
3504 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3505 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3506 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3507 }
|
|
|
3508 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
3509 {
|
|
|
3510 while (--temp >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[temp]))
|
|
|
3511 ;
|
|
|
3512 tmp_ptr += ++temp;
|
|
|
3513 temp = (int)complete_col - temp;
|
|
|
3514 complete_pat = addstar(tmp_ptr, temp, EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
3515 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3516 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3517 }
|
|
|
3518 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3519 {
|
|
|
3520 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(line, complete_col);
|
|
|
3521 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3522 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3523 set_cmd_context(&complete_xp, complete_pat,
|
|
|
3524 (int)STRLEN(complete_pat), complete_col);
|
|
|
3525 if (complete_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
3526 || complete_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
|
3527 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3528 temp = (int)(complete_xp.xp_pattern - complete_pat);
|
|
|
3529 tmp_ptr = line + temp;
|
|
|
3530 temp = complete_col - temp;
|
|
|
3531 }
|
|
12
|
3532 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3533 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
|
3534 {
|
|
|
3535 /*
|
|
|
3536 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with line content,
|
|
|
3537 * cursor column number and preproc is 1. Obtain length of text
|
|
|
3538 * to use for completion.
|
|
|
3539 */
|
|
|
3540 char_u *lenstr;
|
|
|
3541 int keeplen = 0;
|
|
|
3542
|
|
|
3543 /* Call 'completefunc' and get pattern length as a string */
|
|
|
3544 lenstr = call_completefunc(line, NULL, complete_col, 1);
|
|
|
3545 if (lenstr == NULL)
|
|
|
3546 return FAIL;
|
|
20
|
3547 keeplen = atoi((char *)lenstr);
|
|
12
|
3548 vim_free(lenstr);
|
|
|
3549 if (keeplen < 0)
|
|
|
3550 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3551 if ((colnr_T)keeplen > complete_col)
|
|
|
3552 keeplen = complete_col;
|
|
|
3553
|
|
|
3554 /* Setup variables for completion */
|
|
|
3555 tmp_ptr = line + keeplen;
|
|
|
3556 temp = complete_col - keeplen;
|
|
|
3557 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3558 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3559 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3560 }
|
|
|
3561 #endif
|
|
7
|
3562 complete_col = (colnr_T) (tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3563
|
|
|
3564 if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3565 {
|
|
|
3566 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
3567 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3568 {
|
|
|
3569 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
3570 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3571 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
3572
|
|
|
3573 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3574 #endif
|
|
|
3575 initial_pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3576 initial_pos.col = complete_col;
|
|
|
3577 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
3578 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3579 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
3580 #endif
|
|
|
3581 tmp_ptr = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3582 temp = 0;
|
|
|
3583 complete_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3584 }
|
|
|
3585 }
|
|
|
3586 else
|
|
|
3587 {
|
|
|
3588 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
3589 initial_pos.col = complete_col;
|
|
|
3590 }
|
|
|
3591
|
|
|
3592 if (continue_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
3593 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[2]);
|
|
|
3594 else
|
|
|
3595 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
3596
|
|
|
3597 completion_length = temp;
|
|
|
3598
|
|
|
3599 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
|
|
3600 * "original_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed when
|
|
|
3601 * the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
|
3602 if ((original_text = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp)) == NULL
|
|
|
3603 || ins_compl_add(original_text, -1, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
|
3604 {
|
|
|
3605 vim_free(complete_pat);
|
|
|
3606 complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3607 vim_free(original_text);
|
|
|
3608 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3609 }
|
|
|
3610
|
|
|
3611 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
3612 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
3613 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
3614 */
|
|
|
3615 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
3616 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3617 showmode();
|
|
|
3618 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
3619 out_flush();
|
|
|
3620 }
|
|
|
3621
|
|
|
3622 shown_match = curr_match;
|
|
|
3623 shown_direction = complete_direction;
|
|
|
3624
|
|
|
3625 /*
|
|
|
3626 * Find next match.
|
|
|
3627 */
|
|
|
3628 temp = ins_compl_next(TRUE);
|
|
|
3629
|
|
|
3630 if (temp > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
3631 completion_matches = temp;
|
|
|
3632 curr_match = shown_match;
|
|
|
3633 complete_direction = shown_direction;
|
|
|
3634 completion_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
|
3635
|
|
|
3636 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
3637 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
3638 {
|
|
|
3639 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
3640 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
3641 }
|
|
|
3642
|
|
|
3643 /* we found no match if the list has only the original_text-entry */
|
|
|
3644 if (first_match == first_match->next)
|
|
|
3645 {
|
|
|
3646 edit_submode_extra = (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3647 && completion_length > 1
|
|
|
3648 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
3649 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
3650 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
3651 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
3652 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
3653 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3654 if ( completion_length > 1
|
|
|
3655 || (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3656 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
3657 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3658 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
|
3659 continue_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3660 }
|
|
|
3661
|
|
|
3662 if (curr_match->original & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3663 continue_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
3664 else
|
|
|
3665 continue_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
3666
|
|
|
3667 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
3668 {
|
|
|
3669 if (curr_match->original & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
3670 {
|
|
|
3671 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
3672 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
3673 }
|
|
|
3674 else if (continue_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3675 {
|
|
|
3676 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
3677 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3678 }
|
|
|
3679 else if (curr_match->next == curr_match->prev)
|
|
|
3680 {
|
|
|
3681 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
3682 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3683 }
|
|
|
3684 else
|
|
|
3685 {
|
|
|
3686 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
|
3687 if (curr_match->number == -1)
|
|
|
3688 {
|
|
|
3689 int number = 0;
|
|
|
3690 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
3691
|
|
|
3692 if (complete_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
|
3693 {
|
|
|
3694 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
3695 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
3696 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
|
3697 for (match = curr_match->prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
3698 && match != first_match; match = match->prev)
|
|
|
3699 if (match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3700 {
|
|
|
3701 number = match->number;
|
|
|
3702 break;
|
|
|
3703 }
|
|
|
3704 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3705 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
3706 * yet */
|
|
|
3707 for (match = match->next; match
|
|
|
3708 && match->number == -1; match = match->next)
|
|
|
3709 match->number = ++number;
|
|
|
3710 }
|
|
|
3711 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
3712 {
|
|
|
3713 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
3714 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
3715 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
|
3716 for (match = curr_match->next; match != NULL
|
|
|
3717 && match != first_match; match = match->next)
|
|
|
3718 if (match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3719 {
|
|
|
3720 number = match->number;
|
|
|
3721 break;
|
|
|
3722 }
|
|
|
3723 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3724 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
3725 * assigned yet */
|
|
|
3726 for (match = match->prev; match
|
|
|
3727 && match->number == -1; match = match->prev)
|
|
|
3728 match->number = ++number;
|
|
|
3729 }
|
|
|
3730 }
|
|
|
3731
|
|
|
3732 /* The match should always have a sequnce number now, this is just
|
|
|
3733 * a safety check. */
|
|
|
3734 if (curr_match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3735 {
|
|
|
3736 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
3737 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
3738
|
|
|
3739 if (completion_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3740 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
|
3741 curr_match->number, completion_matches);
|
|
|
3742 else
|
|
|
3743 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"), curr_match->number);
|
|
|
3744 STRNCPY(match_ref, IObuff, 30 );
|
|
|
3745 match_ref[30] = '\0';
|
|
|
3746 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
3747 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
3748 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
3749 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
3750 }
|
|
|
3751 }
|
|
|
3752 }
|
|
|
3753
|
|
|
3754 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
3755 showmode();
|
|
|
3756 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
3757 {
|
|
|
3758 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
3759 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
3760 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
3761 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
3762 }
|
|
|
3763 else
|
|
|
3764 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3765
|
|
|
3766 return OK;
|
|
|
3767 }
|
|
|
3768
|
|
|
3769 /*
|
|
|
3770 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
3771 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
3772 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
3773 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
3774 */
|
|
|
3775 static int
|
|
|
3776 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
3777 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
3778 char_u *src;
|
|
|
3779 int len;
|
|
|
3780 {
|
|
|
3781 int m;
|
|
|
3782
|
|
|
3783 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
3784 {
|
|
|
3785 switch (*src)
|
|
|
3786 {
|
|
|
3787 case '.':
|
|
|
3788 case '*':
|
|
|
3789 case '[':
|
|
|
3790 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3791 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3792 break;
|
|
|
3793 case '~':
|
|
|
3794 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
3795 break;
|
|
|
3796 case '\\':
|
|
|
3797 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3798 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3799 break;
|
|
|
3800 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
3801 case '$':
|
|
|
3802 m++;
|
|
|
3803 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3804 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
3805 break;
|
|
|
3806 }
|
|
|
3807 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3808 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
3809 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3810 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
3811 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3812 {
|
|
|
3813 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
3814
|
|
|
3815 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(src) - 1;
|
|
|
3816 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
3817 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
3818 {
|
|
|
3819 --len;
|
|
|
3820 ++src;
|
|
|
3821 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3822 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
3823 }
|
|
|
3824 }
|
|
|
3825 #endif
|
|
|
3826 }
|
|
|
3827 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3828 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
3829
|
|
|
3830 return m;
|
|
|
3831 }
|
|
|
3832 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
3833
|
|
|
3834 /*
|
|
|
3835 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
3836 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
3837 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
3838 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
3839 */
|
|
|
3840 int
|
|
|
3841 get_literal()
|
|
|
3842 {
|
|
|
3843 int cc;
|
|
|
3844 int nc;
|
|
|
3845 int i;
|
|
|
3846 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
3847 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
3848 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3849 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
3850 #endif
|
|
|
3851
|
|
|
3852 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3853 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
3854
|
|
|
3855 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3856 /*
|
|
|
3857 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
3858 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
3859 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
3860 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
3861 */
|
|
|
3862 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3863 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
3864 #endif
|
|
|
3865 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
3866 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
3867 #endif
|
|
|
3868 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
3869 cc = 0;
|
|
|
3870 i = 0;
|
|
|
3871 for (;;)
|
|
|
3872 {
|
|
|
3873 do
|
|
|
3874 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
3875 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3876 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
3877 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
3878 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3879 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3880 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
3881 # endif
|
|
|
3882 )
|
|
|
3883 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
3884 #endif
|
|
|
3885 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
3886 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
3887 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
3888 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
3889 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3890 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
3891 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
3892 #endif
|
|
|
3893 else
|
|
|
3894 {
|
|
|
3895 if (hex
|
|
|
3896 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3897 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
3898 #endif
|
|
|
3899 )
|
|
|
3900 {
|
|
|
3901 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
3902 break;
|
|
|
3903 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
3904 }
|
|
|
3905 else if (octal)
|
|
|
3906 {
|
|
|
3907 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
3908 break;
|
|
|
3909 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3910 }
|
|
|
3911 else
|
|
|
3912 {
|
|
|
3913 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
3914 break;
|
|
|
3915 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3916 }
|
|
|
3917
|
|
|
3918 ++i;
|
|
|
3919 }
|
|
|
3920
|
|
|
3921 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
3922 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3923 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
3924 #endif
|
|
|
3925 )
|
|
|
3926 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
3927 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3928
|
|
|
3929 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
3930 {
|
|
|
3931 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
3932 break;
|
|
|
3933 }
|
|
|
3934 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3935 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
3936 {
|
|
|
3937 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
3938 break;
|
|
|
3939 }
|
|
|
3940 #endif
|
|
|
3941 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
3942 break;
|
|
|
3943 }
|
|
|
3944 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
3945 {
|
|
|
3946 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3947 {
|
|
|
3948 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
3949 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3950 }
|
|
|
3951 else
|
|
|
3952 {
|
|
|
3953 cc = nc;
|
|
|
3954 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3955 }
|
|
|
3956 }
|
|
|
3957
|
|
|
3958 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3959 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
3960 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3961 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
3962 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
3963 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
3964 #endif
|
|
7
|
3965
|
|
|
3966 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3967 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3968 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3969 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
3970 #endif
|
|
|
3971 if (nc)
|
|
|
3972 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
3973 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
3974 return cc;
|
|
|
3975 }
|
|
|
3976
|
|
|
3977 /*
|
|
|
3978 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
3979 */
|
|
|
3980 static void
|
|
|
3981 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
3982 int c;
|
|
|
3983 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
3984 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
3985 {
|
|
|
3986 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3987 int len;
|
|
|
3988
|
|
|
3989 /*
|
|
|
3990 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
3991 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
3992 * mode.
|
|
|
3993 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
3994 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
3995 */
|
|
|
3996 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
3997 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
3998 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
3999 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
4000 #endif
|
|
|
4001 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
4002 {
|
|
|
4003 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
4004 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
4005 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
4006 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
4007 {
|
|
|
4008 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4009 return;
|
|
|
4010 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4011 ins_str(p);
|
|
|
4012 AppendToRedobuffLit(p);
|
|
|
4013 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
4014 }
|
|
|
4015 }
|
|
|
4016 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
4017 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
4018 }
|
|
|
4019
|
|
|
4020 /*
|
|
|
4021 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
4022 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
4023 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
4024 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
4025 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
4026 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
4027 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
4028 */
|
|
|
4029 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
4030 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4031 #else
|
|
|
4032 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4033 #endif
|
|
|
4034
|
|
|
4035 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4036 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
4037 #else
|
|
|
4038 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
4039 #endif
|
|
|
4040
|
|
|
4041 void
|
|
|
4042 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
4043 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
4044 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
4045 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
4046 {
|
|
|
4047 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
4048 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4049 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4050 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
4051 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4052 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
4053 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
4054 #endif
|
|
|
4055 int fo_white_par;
|
|
|
4056 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
4057 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
4058 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4059 int fo_multibyte;
|
|
|
4060 #endif
|
|
|
4061 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
4062 int cc;
|
|
|
4063
|
|
|
4064 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
4065 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
4066 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4067 fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
4068 #endif
|
|
|
4069 fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
4070
|
|
|
4071 /*
|
|
|
4072 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
4073 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
4074 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
4075 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
4076 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
4077 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
4078 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
4079 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
4080 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
4081 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
4082 * before the insert.
|
|
|
4083 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
4084 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
4085 */
|
|
|
4086 if (textwidth
|
|
|
4087 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4088 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
4089 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4090 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4091 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4092 #endif
|
|
|
4093 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4094 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4095 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
4096 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4097 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
4098 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
4099 ))))))
|
|
|
4100 {
|
|
|
4101 /*
|
|
|
4102 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
4103 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
4104 */
|
|
|
4105 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
4106 {
|
|
|
4107 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4108 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4109 {
|
|
|
4110 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
4111 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
4112 }
|
|
|
4113 }
|
|
|
4114
|
|
|
4115 /*
|
|
|
4116 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
4117 */
|
|
|
4118 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
4119 {
|
|
|
4120 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
4121 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
4122 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
4123 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
4124 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4125 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
4126 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4127 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
4128 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
4129 #endif
|
|
|
4130 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4131
|
|
|
4132 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4133 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4134 break;
|
|
|
4135
|
|
|
4136 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4137 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
4138 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
4139 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4140 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
4141 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
4142
|
|
|
4143 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4144 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
4145 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4146 else
|
|
|
4147 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
4148
|
|
|
4149 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
4150 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
4151 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
4152 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
4153 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
4154 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
4155 #endif
|
|
|
4156 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4157 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4158 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
4159 #endif
|
|
|
4160 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
4161
|
|
|
4162 {
|
|
|
4163 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4164 break;
|
|
|
4165 }
|
|
|
4166 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
4167 break;
|
|
|
4168
|
|
|
4169 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
4170 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
4171 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4172
|
|
|
4173 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
4174 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4175 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4176 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4177 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
4178 #endif
|
|
|
4179 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
4180
|
|
|
4181 /*
|
|
|
4182 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
4183 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
4184 */
|
|
|
4185 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
4186 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4187 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
4188 {
|
|
|
4189 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4190 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4191 {
|
|
|
4192 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
4193 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4194
|
|
|
4195 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
4196 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4197 {
|
|
|
4198 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4199 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4200 }
|
|
|
4201 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4202 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
4203 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4204 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4205 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
4206 break;
|
|
|
4207 #endif
|
|
|
4208 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4209 {
|
|
|
4210 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
4211 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4212 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
4213
|
|
|
4214 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4215 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4216 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4217
|
|
|
4218 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4219 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
4220 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
4221 }
|
|
|
4222 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4223 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4224 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
4225 + (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4226 else
|
|
|
4227 #endif
|
|
|
4228 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
4229 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4230 break;
|
|
|
4231 }
|
|
|
4232 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4233 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
4234 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4235 {
|
|
|
4236 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4237 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4238 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4239 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
4240 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
4241 break;
|
|
|
4242 }
|
|
|
4243 #endif
|
|
|
4244 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4245 break;
|
|
|
4246 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4247 }
|
|
|
4248
|
|
|
4249 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
4250 {
|
|
|
4251 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
4252 break;
|
|
|
4253 }
|
|
|
4254
|
|
|
4255 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
4256 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
4257
|
|
|
4258 /*
|
|
|
4259 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
4260 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
4261 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
4262 */
|
|
|
4263 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4264 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4265 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
4266 else
|
|
|
4267 #endif
|
|
|
4268 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
4269
|
|
|
4270 /*
|
|
|
4271 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
4272 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
4273 */
|
|
|
4274 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4275 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4276 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4277 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4278 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
4279 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
4280
|
|
|
4281 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4282 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4283 {
|
|
|
4284 /*
|
|
|
4285 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
4286 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
4287 */
|
|
|
4288 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4289 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
4290 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
4291 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
4292 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
4293
|
|
|
4294 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
4295 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4296 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
4297 }
|
|
|
4298 else
|
|
|
4299 #endif
|
|
|
4300 {
|
|
|
4301 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
4302 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4303 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4304 }
|
|
|
4305
|
|
|
4306 /*
|
|
|
4307 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
4308 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
4309 */
|
|
|
4310 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
4311 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
4312 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4313 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
4314 #endif
|
|
|
4315 , old_indent);
|
|
|
4316 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
4317
|
|
|
4318 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
4319 if (first_line)
|
|
|
4320 {
|
|
|
4321 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
4322 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
4323 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
4324 {
|
|
|
4325 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4326 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4327 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
4328 else
|
|
|
4329 #endif
|
|
|
4330 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
4331 }
|
|
|
4332 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
4333 }
|
|
|
4334
|
|
|
4335 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4336 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4337 {
|
|
|
4338 /*
|
|
|
4339 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
4340 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
4341 */
|
|
|
4342 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
4343 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
4344 }
|
|
|
4345 else
|
|
|
4346 #endif
|
|
|
4347 {
|
|
|
4348 /*
|
|
|
4349 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
4350 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
4351 */
|
|
|
4352 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
4353 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4354 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
4355 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
4356 }
|
|
|
4357
|
|
|
4358 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
4359 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4360 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
4361 #endif
|
|
|
4362 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
4363 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4364 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4365 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4366 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4367 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4368 #endif
|
|
|
4369 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4370 }
|
|
|
4371
|
|
|
4372 if (save_char) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
4373 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
4374
|
|
|
4375 if (c == NUL) /* formatting only */
|
|
|
4376 return;
|
|
|
4377 if (haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
4378 {
|
|
|
4379 update_topline();
|
|
|
4380 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
4381 }
|
|
|
4382 }
|
|
|
4383 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
4384 return;
|
|
|
4385
|
|
|
4386 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4387 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
4388 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4389 {
|
|
|
4390 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4391 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
4392 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
4393 int i;
|
|
|
4394
|
|
|
4395 /*
|
|
|
4396 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
4397 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
4398 */
|
|
|
4399 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
4400 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
4401 {
|
|
|
4402 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
4403 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
4404 ++p;
|
|
|
4405 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4406 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
4407 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
4408 --middle_len;
|
|
|
4409
|
|
|
4410 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
4411 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
4412 ++p;
|
|
|
4413 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4414
|
|
|
4415 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
4416 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4417 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
4418 ;
|
|
|
4419 i++;
|
|
|
4420
|
|
|
4421 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
4422 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
4423
|
|
|
4424 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
4425 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4426 {
|
|
|
4427 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
4428 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4429
|
|
|
4430 /*
|
|
|
4431 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
4432 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
4433 */
|
|
|
4434 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
4435 }
|
|
|
4436 }
|
|
|
4437 }
|
|
|
4438 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
4439 #endif
|
|
|
4440
|
|
|
4441 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4442 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4443 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4444 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4445 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4446 #endif
|
|
|
4447
|
|
|
4448 /*
|
|
|
4449 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
4450 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
4451 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
4452 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
4453 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
4454 */
|
|
|
4455 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4456 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4457 #endif
|
|
|
4458
|
|
|
4459 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4460 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4461 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4462 #endif
|
|
|
4463 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
4464 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4465 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4466 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
4467 #endif
|
|
|
4468 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4469 && !p_ri
|
|
|
4470 #endif
|
|
|
4471 )
|
|
|
4472 {
|
|
|
4473 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
4474 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
4475 int i;
|
|
|
4476 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
4477
|
|
|
4478 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
4479 i = 1;
|
|
|
4480 if (textwidth)
|
|
|
4481 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4482 /*
|
|
|
4483 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
4484 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
4485 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
4486 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
4487 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
4488 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
4489 */
|
|
|
4490 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
4491 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4492 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4493 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4494 #endif
|
|
|
4495 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
4496 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
4497 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4498 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
4499 {
|
|
|
4500 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4501 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
4502 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4503 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
4504 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
4505 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4506 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
4507 # endif
|
|
|
4508 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
4509 #else
|
|
|
4510 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
4511 #endif
|
|
|
4512 }
|
|
|
4513
|
|
|
4514 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
4515 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
4516 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
4517 #endif
|
|
|
4518 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
4519 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
4520 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4521 {
|
|
|
4522 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
4523 i = 1;
|
|
|
4524 }
|
|
|
4525 else
|
|
|
4526 i = 0;
|
|
|
4527 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
|
4528 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i);
|
|
|
4529 }
|
|
|
4530 else
|
|
|
4531 {
|
|
|
4532 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4533 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
4534 {
|
|
|
4535 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
4536
|
|
|
4537 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
4538 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
4539 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
4540 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4541 }
|
|
|
4542 else
|
|
|
4543 #endif
|
|
|
4544 {
|
|
|
4545 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
4546 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4547 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
4548 else
|
|
|
4549 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4550 }
|
|
|
4551 }
|
|
|
4552 }
|
|
|
4553
|
|
|
4554 /*
|
|
|
4555 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
4556 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
4557 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
4558 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
4559 * saved here.
|
|
|
4560 */
|
|
|
4561 void
|
|
|
4562 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
4563 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
4564 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
4565 {
|
|
|
4566 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4567 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4568 char_u *old;
|
|
|
4569 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
4570 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
4571 int cc;
|
|
7
|
4572
|
|
|
4573 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
4574 return;
|
|
|
4575
|
|
|
4576 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4577 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4578
|
|
|
4579 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4580 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4581
|
|
|
4582 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
4583 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
4584 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
4585 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
4586 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
4587 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
4588 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
4589 {
|
|
|
4590 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
4591 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4592 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
4593 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
4594 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
4595 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4596 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
4597 {
|
|
|
4598 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4599 return;
|
|
|
4600 }
|
|
|
4601 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4602 }
|
|
|
4603
|
|
|
4604 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4605 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
4606 * comments. */
|
|
|
4607 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
4608 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
4609 return;
|
|
|
4610 #endif
|
|
|
4611
|
|
|
4612 /*
|
|
|
4613 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
4614 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
4615 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
4616 */
|
|
|
4617 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
4618 {
|
|
|
4619 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4620 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4621 return;
|
|
|
4622 }
|
|
|
4623
|
|
|
4624 /*
|
|
|
4625 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
4626 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
4627 */
|
|
|
4628 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4629 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
4630 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
4631 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4632
|
|
|
4633 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4634 {
|
|
|
4635 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
4636 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4637 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
4638 }
|
|
|
4639 else
|
|
|
4640 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
4641
|
|
|
4642 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
4643 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
4644 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
4645 * formatted. */
|
|
|
4646 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
4647 {
|
|
|
4648 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4649 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
4650 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
4651 {
|
|
|
4652 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
4653 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
4654 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4655 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
4656 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
4657 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
4658 }
|
|
|
4659 else
|
|
|
4660 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4661 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4662 }
|
|
|
4663
|
|
|
4664 check_cursor();
|
|
|
4665 }
|
|
|
4666
|
|
|
4667 /*
|
|
|
4668 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
4669 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
4670 * position.
|
|
|
4671 */
|
|
|
4672 static void
|
|
|
4673 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
4674 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
4675 {
|
|
|
4676 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
4677 int cc;
|
|
7
|
4678
|
|
|
4679 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
4680 {
|
|
301
|
4681 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4682 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
4683 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
4684 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4685 else
|
|
|
4686 {
|
|
|
4687 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
4688 {
|
|
|
4689 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4690 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4691 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4692 }
|
|
|
4693 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
4694 {
|
|
|
4695 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
4696 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
4697 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4698 }
|
|
|
4699 }
|
|
|
4700 }
|
|
|
4701 }
|
|
|
4702
|
|
|
4703 /*
|
|
|
4704 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
4705 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
4706 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
4707 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
4708 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
4709 */
|
|
|
4710 int
|
|
|
4711 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
4712 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
4713 {
|
|
|
4714 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4715
|
|
|
4716 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
4717 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
4718 {
|
|
|
4719 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
4720 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
4721 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
4722 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
4723 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
4724 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4725 #endif
|
|
|
4726 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4727 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
4728 #endif
|
|
|
4729 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
4730 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
4731 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
4732 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
4733 # endif
|
|
|
4734 )
|
|
|
4735 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4736 #endif
|
|
|
4737 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
4738 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
4739 }
|
|
|
4740 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
4741 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4742 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
4743 {
|
|
|
4744 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
4745 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
4746 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
4747 }
|
|
|
4748 return textwidth;
|
|
|
4749 }
|
|
|
4750
|
|
|
4751 /*
|
|
|
4752 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
4753 */
|
|
|
4754 static void
|
|
|
4755 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
4756 int c;
|
|
|
4757 {
|
|
|
4758 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
4759
|
|
|
4760 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
4761 * three digits. */
|
|
|
4762 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
4763 {
|
|
|
4764 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
4765 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
4766 }
|
|
|
4767 else
|
|
|
4768 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4769 }
|
|
|
4770
|
|
|
4771 /*
|
|
|
4772 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
|
4773 * It resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
|
4774 */
|
|
|
4775 static void
|
|
|
4776 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
4777 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4778 {
|
|
|
4779 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
4780 {
|
|
|
4781 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
4782 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
4783 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
4784 }
|
|
221
|
4785 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
4786 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
4787 #endif
|
|
7
|
4788 }
|
|
|
4789
|
|
221
|
4790 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
4791 /*
|
|
|
4792 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
4793 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
4794 */
|
|
|
4795 static void
|
|
|
4796 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
4797 {
|
|
|
4798 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
4799 {
|
|
|
4800 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
4801
|
|
|
4802 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4803 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
4804 }
|
|
|
4805 }
|
|
|
4806 #endif
|
|
|
4807
|
|
7
|
4808 /*
|
|
|
4809 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
4810 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
4811 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
4812 */
|
|
|
4813 int
|
|
|
4814 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
4815 {
|
|
|
4816 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
4817 {
|
|
|
4818 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4819 {
|
|
|
4820 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
4821 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4822 }
|
|
|
4823 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
4824 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4825 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
4826 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4827 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4828 {
|
|
|
4829 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4830 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
4831 }
|
|
|
4832 #endif
|
|
|
4833 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
4834 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
|
4835 }
|
|
|
4836 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
4837 {
|
|
|
4838 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4839 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4840 }
|
|
|
4841
|
|
|
4842 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4843 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
4844 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
4845 #endif
|
|
|
4846
|
|
|
4847 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
4848 }
|
|
|
4849
|
|
|
4850 /*
|
|
|
4851 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
4852 */
|
|
|
4853 static void
|
|
|
4854 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
|
4855 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
4856 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
|
4857 {
|
|
|
4858 int cc;
|
|
|
4859
|
|
|
4860 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
4861 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
4862
|
|
|
4863 /*
|
|
|
4864 * save the inserted text for later redo with ^@
|
|
|
4865 */
|
|
|
4866 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4867 last_insert = get_inserted();
|
|
|
4868 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
4869
|
|
|
4870 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
4871 {
|
|
|
4872 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
4873 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
4874 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
4875 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
4876 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
4877 {
|
|
10
|
4878 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4879
|
|
7
|
4880 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
4881 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
4882 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
4883 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
4884 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
4885 {
|
|
|
4886 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4887 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4888 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
4889 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
4890 }
|
|
|
4891
|
|
|
4892 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4893
|
|
10
|
4894 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4895 {
|
|
|
4896 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4897 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4898 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4899 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
4900 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
4901 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
4902 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
4903 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
4904 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
4905 #endif
|
|
|
4906 }
|
|
7
|
4907 }
|
|
|
4908
|
|
|
4909 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
4910 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
4911
|
|
|
4912 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
4913 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
4914 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
4915 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
4916 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
4917 {
|
|
10
|
4918 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4919
|
|
|
4920 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
4921 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
4922 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4923 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4924 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
4925 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
4926 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
4927 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
4928 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
4929
|
|
|
4930 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
4931 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
4932 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
4933 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
4934 {
|
|
|
4935 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4936 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
4937 {
|
|
|
4938 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
4939 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4940 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
4941 # endif
|
|
|
4942 }
|
|
|
4943 }
|
|
|
4944 #endif
|
|
|
4945 }
|
|
|
4946 }
|
|
|
4947 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4948 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4949 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4950 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4951 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4952 #endif
|
|
|
4953
|
|
|
4954 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
4955 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
4956 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4957 }
|
|
|
4958
|
|
|
4959 /*
|
|
|
4960 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
4961 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
4962 */
|
|
|
4963 void
|
|
|
4964 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
4965 int c;
|
|
|
4966 {
|
|
|
4967 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4968
|
|
|
4969 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4970 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4971 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
4972 #else
|
|
|
4973 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
4974 #endif
|
|
|
4975 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
4976 {
|
|
|
4977 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
4978 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
4979 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
4980 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
4981 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
4982 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
4983 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
4984 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
4985 }
|
|
|
4986 }
|
|
|
4987
|
|
359
|
4988 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4989 void
|
|
|
4990 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
4991 {
|
|
|
4992 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4993 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
|
4994 }
|
|
|
4995 #endif
|
|
|
4996
|
|
7
|
4997 /*
|
|
|
4998 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
4999 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
5000 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
5001 */
|
|
|
5002 char_u *
|
|
|
5003 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
5004 int c;
|
|
|
5005 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5006 {
|
|
|
5007 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5008 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5009 int i;
|
|
|
5010 int len;
|
|
|
5011
|
|
|
5012 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
5013 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5014 {
|
|
|
5015 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
5016 #endif
|
|
|
5017 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
5018 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
5019 {
|
|
|
5020 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5021 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5022 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
5023 }
|
|
|
5024 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5025 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
5026 {
|
|
|
5027 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
5028 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
5029 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
5030 }
|
|
|
5031 #endif
|
|
|
5032 else
|
|
|
5033 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
5034 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5035 }
|
|
|
5036 #endif
|
|
|
5037 return s;
|
|
|
5038 }
|
|
|
5039
|
|
|
5040 /*
|
|
|
5041 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
5042 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
5043 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
5044 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
5045 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
5046 */
|
|
|
5047 void
|
|
|
5048 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
5049 int flags;
|
|
|
5050 {
|
|
|
5051 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
5052 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5053 else
|
|
|
5054 {
|
|
|
5055 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5056 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5057 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5058 #endif
|
|
|
5059
|
|
|
5060 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
5061 {
|
|
|
5062 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5063
|
|
|
5064 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
5065 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
5066 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5067 }
|
|
|
5068 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5069 }
|
|
|
5070 }
|
|
|
5071
|
|
|
5072 /*
|
|
|
5073 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
5074 *
|
|
|
5075 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
5076 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
5077 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
5078 */
|
|
|
5079
|
|
|
5080 int
|
|
|
5081 oneright()
|
|
|
5082 {
|
|
|
5083 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5084 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5085 int l;
|
|
|
5086 #endif
|
|
|
5087
|
|
|
5088 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5089 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5090 {
|
|
|
5091 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5092
|
|
|
5093 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
5094 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5095 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5096 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5097 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5098 #else
|
|
|
5099 *ptr
|
|
|
5100 #endif
|
|
|
5101 ))
|
|
|
5102 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
5103 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5104 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
5105 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5106 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
5107 }
|
|
|
5108 #endif
|
|
|
5109
|
|
|
5110 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5111 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5112 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
|
5113 {
|
|
|
5114 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
5115 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
5116 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
5117 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5118 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
5119 }
|
|
|
5120 else
|
|
|
5121 #endif
|
|
|
5122 {
|
|
|
5123 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
5124 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5125 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5126 }
|
|
|
5127
|
|
|
5128 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5129 return OK;
|
|
|
5130 }
|
|
|
5131
|
|
|
5132 int
|
|
|
5133 oneleft()
|
|
|
5134 {
|
|
|
5135 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5136 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5137 {
|
|
|
5138 int width;
|
|
|
5139 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
5140
|
|
|
5141 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
5142 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5143
|
|
|
5144 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
5145 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
5146 width = 1;
|
|
|
5147 for (;;)
|
|
|
5148 {
|
|
|
5149 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
5150 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
5151 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
5152 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
5153 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5154 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
5155 # endif
|
|
|
5156 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
5157 break;
|
|
|
5158 ++width;
|
|
|
5159 }
|
|
|
5160 # else
|
|
|
5161 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
5162 # endif
|
|
|
5163
|
|
|
5164 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
5165 {
|
|
|
5166 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5167
|
|
|
5168 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
5169 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5170 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5171 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5172 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5173 # else
|
|
|
5174 *ptr
|
|
|
5175 # endif
|
|
|
5176 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
5177 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5178 }
|
|
|
5179
|
|
|
5180 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5181 return OK;
|
|
|
5182 }
|
|
|
5183 #endif
|
|
|
5184
|
|
|
5185 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5186 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5187
|
|
|
5188 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5189 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5190
|
|
|
5191 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5192 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
5193 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
5194 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5195 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5196 #endif
|
|
|
5197 return OK;
|
|
|
5198 }
|
|
|
5199
|
|
|
5200 int
|
|
|
5201 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5202 long n;
|
|
|
5203 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5204 {
|
|
|
5205 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5206
|
|
|
5207 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5208 {
|
|
|
5209 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
5210 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
5211 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5212 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5213 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5214 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
5215 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5216 else
|
|
|
5217 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5218 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5219 {
|
|
|
5220 /*
|
|
|
5221 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
5222 */
|
|
|
5223 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
5224 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5225
|
|
|
5226 while (n--)
|
|
|
5227 {
|
|
|
5228 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
5229 --lnum;
|
|
|
5230 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5231 break;
|
|
|
5232 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
5233 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
5234 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
5235 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
5236 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5237 }
|
|
|
5238 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
5239 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5240 }
|
|
|
5241 else
|
|
|
5242 #endif
|
|
|
5243 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
5244 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5245 }
|
|
|
5246
|
|
|
5247 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5248 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5249
|
|
|
5250 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5251 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5252
|
|
|
5253 return OK;
|
|
|
5254 }
|
|
|
5255
|
|
|
5256 /*
|
|
|
5257 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
5258 */
|
|
|
5259 int
|
|
|
5260 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5261 long n;
|
|
|
5262 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5263 {
|
|
|
5264 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5265
|
|
|
5266 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5267 {
|
|
|
5268 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5269 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5270 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
5271 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
5272 #endif
|
|
161
|
5273 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
5274 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5275 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5276 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5277 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5278 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5279 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5280 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5281 else
|
|
|
5282 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5283 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5284 {
|
|
|
5285 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
5286
|
|
|
5287 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
5288 while (n--)
|
|
|
5289 {
|
|
|
5290 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
5291 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
5292 else
|
|
|
5293 ++lnum;
|
|
|
5294 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5295 break;
|
|
|
5296 }
|
|
|
5297 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5298 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5299 }
|
|
|
5300 else
|
|
|
5301 #endif
|
|
|
5302 lnum += n;
|
|
|
5303 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5304 }
|
|
|
5305
|
|
|
5306 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5307 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5308
|
|
|
5309 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5310 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5311
|
|
|
5312 return OK;
|
|
|
5313 }
|
|
|
5314
|
|
|
5315 /*
|
|
|
5316 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
5317 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
5318 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
5319 */
|
|
|
5320 int
|
|
|
5321 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
5322 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
5323 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
5324 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
5325 {
|
|
|
5326 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
5327 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5328 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5329 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
5330
|
|
|
5331 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
5332 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
5333 {
|
|
|
5334 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
5335 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5336 }
|
|
|
5337
|
|
|
5338 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
5339 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5340 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
5341 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5342 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
5343
|
|
|
5344 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
5345 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
5346 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
5347 */
|
|
|
5348 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
5349 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
5350 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
5351 {
|
|
|
5352 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5353 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
5354 }
|
|
|
5355
|
|
|
5356 do
|
|
|
5357 {
|
|
|
5358 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
5359 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
5360 if (last)
|
|
|
5361 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
5362 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
5363 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
5364 }
|
|
|
5365 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
5366
|
|
|
5367 if (last)
|
|
|
5368 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
5369
|
|
|
5370 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
5371 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
5372
|
|
|
5373 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
5374 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
5375 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
5376
|
|
|
5377 return OK;
|
|
|
5378 }
|
|
|
5379
|
|
|
5380 char_u *
|
|
|
5381 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
5382 {
|
|
|
5383 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5384 return NULL;
|
|
|
5385 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5386 }
|
|
|
5387
|
|
|
5388 /*
|
|
|
5389 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
5390 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
5391 */
|
|
|
5392 char_u *
|
|
|
5393 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
5394 {
|
|
|
5395 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5396 int len;
|
|
|
5397
|
|
|
5398 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5399 return NULL;
|
|
|
5400 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
5401 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
5402 {
|
|
|
5403 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
5404 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
5405 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5406 }
|
|
|
5407 return s;
|
|
|
5408 }
|
|
|
5409
|
|
|
5410 /*
|
|
|
5411 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
5412 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
5413 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
5414 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
5415 */
|
|
|
5416 static int
|
|
|
5417 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
5418 int c;
|
|
|
5419 {
|
|
|
5420 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
5421 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
5422 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
5423 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5424
|
|
|
5425 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
5426 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
5427 }
|
|
|
5428
|
|
|
5429 /*
|
|
|
5430 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
5431 *
|
|
|
5432 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
5433 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
5434 *
|
|
|
5435 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
5436 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
5437 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
5438 *
|
|
|
5439 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
5440 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
5441 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
5442 *
|
|
|
5443 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
5444 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
5445 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
5446 */
|
|
|
5447
|
|
298
|
5448 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5449 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
5450 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
5451
|
|
|
5452 void
|
|
|
5453 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
5454 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
5455 {
|
|
|
5456 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5457
|
|
|
5458 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5459 return;
|
|
|
5460 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
5461 {
|
|
|
5462 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
5463 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
5464 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
5465 {
|
|
|
5466 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
5467 return;
|
|
|
5468 }
|
|
|
5469 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
5470 {
|
|
|
5471 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
5472 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5473 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5474 }
|
|
|
5475 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
5476 }
|
|
|
5477 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
5478 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
5479 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5480 *p = c;
|
|
|
5481 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5482 }
|
|
|
5483
|
|
|
5484 /*
|
|
|
5485 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
5486 */
|
|
|
5487 static void
|
|
|
5488 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
5489 int c;
|
|
|
5490 {
|
|
|
5491 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5492
|
|
|
5493 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5494 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5495 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
5496 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
5497 break;
|
|
|
5498 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5499 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5500 }
|
|
|
5501
|
|
|
5502 /*
|
|
|
5503 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
5504 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
5505 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
5506 */
|
|
|
5507 static int
|
|
|
5508 replace_pop()
|
|
|
5509 {
|
|
|
5510 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
5511 return -1;
|
|
|
5512 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
5513 }
|
|
|
5514
|
|
|
5515 /*
|
|
|
5516 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
5517 * encountered.
|
|
|
5518 */
|
|
|
5519 static void
|
|
|
5520 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
5521 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
5522 {
|
|
|
5523 int i;
|
|
|
5524
|
|
|
5525 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5526 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
5527 {
|
|
|
5528 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5529 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
5530 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
5531 return;
|
|
|
5532 }
|
|
|
5533 }
|
|
|
5534
|
|
|
5535 /*
|
|
|
5536 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
5537 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
5538 */
|
|
|
5539 static void
|
|
|
5540 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
5541 {
|
|
|
5542 int cc;
|
|
|
5543 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
5544
|
|
|
5545 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
5546 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
5547 {
|
|
|
5548 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5549 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
5550 #else
|
|
|
5551 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5552 #endif
|
|
|
5553 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5554 }
|
|
|
5555 State = oldState;
|
|
|
5556 }
|
|
|
5557
|
|
|
5558 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5559 /*
|
|
|
5560 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
5561 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
5562 */
|
|
|
5563 static void
|
|
|
5564 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
5565 int cc;
|
|
|
5566 {
|
|
|
5567 int n;
|
|
|
5568 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5569 int i;
|
|
|
5570 int c;
|
|
|
5571
|
|
|
5572 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
5573 {
|
|
|
5574 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
5575 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5576 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5577 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5578 }
|
|
|
5579 else
|
|
|
5580 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5581
|
|
|
5582 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
5583 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
5584 for (;;)
|
|
|
5585 {
|
|
|
5586 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5587 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
5588 break;
|
|
|
5589 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
5590 {
|
|
|
5591 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5592 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5593 break;
|
|
|
5594 }
|
|
|
5595 else
|
|
|
5596 {
|
|
|
5597 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5598 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5599 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5600 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
5601 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5602 else
|
|
|
5603 {
|
|
|
5604 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5605 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
5606 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
5607 break;
|
|
|
5608 }
|
|
|
5609 }
|
|
|
5610 }
|
|
|
5611 }
|
|
|
5612 #endif
|
|
|
5613
|
|
|
5614 /*
|
|
|
5615 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
5616 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
5617 */
|
|
|
5618 static void
|
|
|
5619 replace_flush()
|
|
|
5620 {
|
|
|
5621 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5622 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5623 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
5624 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
5625 }
|
|
|
5626
|
|
|
5627 /*
|
|
|
5628 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
5629 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
5630 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
5631 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
5632 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
5633 */
|
|
|
5634 static void
|
|
|
5635 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
5636 {
|
|
|
5637 int cc;
|
|
|
5638 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5639 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
5640 int ins_len;
|
|
|
5641 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
5642 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
5643 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5644 int i;
|
|
|
5645 int vcol;
|
|
|
5646 #endif
|
|
|
5647
|
|
|
5648 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5649 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
5650 {
|
|
|
5651 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5652 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5653 {
|
|
|
5654 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
5655 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
5656 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
5657 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
5658 }
|
|
|
5659 #endif
|
|
|
5660 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5661 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5662 {
|
|
|
5663 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5664 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5665 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5666 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5667 # endif
|
|
|
5668 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
5669 }
|
|
|
5670 else
|
|
|
5671 #endif
|
|
|
5672 {
|
|
|
5673 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
5674 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5675 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5676 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
5677 #endif
|
|
|
5678 }
|
|
|
5679 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
5680
|
|
|
5681 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5682 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5683 {
|
|
|
5684 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
5685 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5686 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
5687 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
5688 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5689 {
|
|
|
5690 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
5691 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5692 i += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p) - 1;
|
|
|
5693 #endif
|
|
|
5694 }
|
|
|
5695 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
5696
|
|
|
5697 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
5698 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
5699 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
5700 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
5701 {
|
|
|
5702 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5703 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
5704 }
|
|
|
5705 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
5706 }
|
|
|
5707 #endif
|
|
|
5708
|
|
|
5709 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
5710 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
5711 }
|
|
|
5712 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
5713 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5714 }
|
|
|
5715
|
|
|
5716 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5717 /*
|
|
|
5718 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
5719 */
|
|
|
5720 static int
|
|
|
5721 cindent_on()
|
|
|
5722 {
|
|
|
5723 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
5724 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5725 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
5726 # endif
|
|
|
5727 ));
|
|
|
5728 }
|
|
|
5729 #endif
|
|
|
5730
|
|
|
5731 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5732 /*
|
|
|
5733 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
5734 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
5735 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
5736 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
5737 */
|
|
|
5738
|
|
|
5739 void
|
|
|
5740 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
5741 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
5742 {
|
|
|
5743 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
5744 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
5745 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
5746 }
|
|
|
5747
|
|
|
5748 void
|
|
|
5749 fix_indent()
|
|
|
5750 {
|
|
|
5751 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
5752 return;
|
|
|
5753 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
5754 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
5755 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
5756 # endif
|
|
|
5757 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
5758 else
|
|
|
5759 # endif
|
|
|
5760 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5761 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
5762 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
5763 # endif
|
|
|
5764 }
|
|
|
5765
|
|
|
5766 #endif
|
|
|
5767
|
|
|
5768 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5769 /*
|
|
|
5770 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
5771 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
5772 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
5773 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
5774 *
|
|
|
5775 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
5776 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
5777 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
5778 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
5779 *
|
|
|
5780 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
5781 */
|
|
|
5782 int
|
|
|
5783 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5784 int keytyped;
|
|
|
5785 int when;
|
|
|
5786 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
5787 {
|
|
|
5788 char_u *look;
|
|
|
5789 int try_match;
|
|
|
5790 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
5791 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5792 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5793 int icase;
|
|
|
5794 int i;
|
|
|
5795
|
|
|
5796 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5797 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
5798 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
5799 else
|
|
|
5800 #endif
|
|
|
5801 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
5802 while (*look)
|
|
|
5803 {
|
|
|
5804 /*
|
|
|
5805 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
5806 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
5807 */
|
|
|
5808 switch (when)
|
|
|
5809 {
|
|
|
5810 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
5811 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
5812 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
5813 }
|
|
|
5814 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
5815 ++look;
|
|
|
5816
|
|
|
5817 /*
|
|
|
5818 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
5819 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
5820 */
|
|
|
5821 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
5822 {
|
|
|
5823 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
5824 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5825 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5826 ++look;
|
|
|
5827 }
|
|
|
5828 else
|
|
|
5829 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
5830
|
|
|
5831 /*
|
|
|
5832 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
5833 */
|
|
|
5834 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
5835 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5836 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
5837 #else
|
|
|
5838 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
5839 #endif
|
|
|
5840 )
|
|
|
5841 {
|
|
|
5842 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
5843 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5844 look += 2;
|
|
|
5845 }
|
|
|
5846 /*
|
|
|
5847 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
5848 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
5849 */
|
|
|
5850 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
5851 {
|
|
|
5852 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
5853 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5854 ++look;
|
|
|
5855 }
|
|
|
5856 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
5857 {
|
|
|
5858 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
5859 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5860 ++look;
|
|
|
5861 }
|
|
|
5862
|
|
|
5863 /*
|
|
|
5864 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
5865 * cursor.
|
|
|
5866 */
|
|
|
5867 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
5868 {
|
|
|
5869 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
5870 {
|
|
|
5871 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5872 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
5873 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
5874 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5875 }
|
|
|
5876 ++look;
|
|
|
5877 }
|
|
|
5878
|
|
|
5879 /*
|
|
|
5880 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
5881 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
5882 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
5883 */
|
|
|
5884 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
5885 {
|
|
|
5886 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
5887 {
|
|
|
5888 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5889 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
5890 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5891 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
5892 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
5893 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
5894 {
|
|
|
5895 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
5896 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
5897 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
5898 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5899 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
5900 if (i)
|
|
|
5901 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5902 }
|
|
|
5903 }
|
|
|
5904 ++look;
|
|
|
5905 }
|
|
|
5906
|
|
|
5907
|
|
|
5908 /*
|
|
|
5909 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
5910 */
|
|
|
5911 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
5912 {
|
|
|
5913 if (try_match)
|
|
|
5914 {
|
|
|
5915 /*
|
|
|
5916 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
5917 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
5918 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
5919 */
|
|
|
5920 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
5921 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
5922 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5923
|
|
|
5924 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
5925 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5926 }
|
|
|
5927 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
5928 look++;
|
|
|
5929 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
5930 look++;
|
|
|
5931 }
|
|
|
5932
|
|
|
5933 /*
|
|
|
5934 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
5935 */
|
|
|
5936 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
5937 {
|
|
|
5938 ++look;
|
|
|
5939 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
5940 {
|
|
|
5941 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
5942 ++look;
|
|
|
5943 }
|
|
|
5944 else
|
|
|
5945 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
5946 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
5947 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5948 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
5949 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
5950 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
5951 {
|
|
|
5952 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5953
|
|
|
5954 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
5955 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
5956 {
|
|
|
5957 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5958
|
|
|
5959 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
5960 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
5961 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5962 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5963 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5964 {
|
|
|
5965 char_u *n;
|
|
|
5966
|
|
|
5967 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
5968 {
|
|
|
5969 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
5970 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
5971 break;
|
|
|
5972 }
|
|
|
5973 }
|
|
|
5974 else
|
|
|
5975 # endif
|
|
|
5976 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
5977 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
5978 break;
|
|
|
5979 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5980 && (icase
|
|
|
5981 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
5982 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
5983 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
5984 }
|
|
|
5985 else
|
|
|
5986 #endif
|
|
|
5987 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
5988 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
5989 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
5990 {
|
|
|
5991 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5992 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
5993 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
5994 && (icase
|
|
|
5995 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
5996 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
5997 == 0)
|
|
|
5998 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
5999 }
|
|
|
6000 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
6001 {
|
|
|
6002 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
6003 * word. */
|
|
|
6004 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6005 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
6006 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
6007 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6008 }
|
|
|
6009 if (match)
|
|
|
6010 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6011 }
|
|
|
6012 look = p;
|
|
|
6013 }
|
|
|
6014
|
|
|
6015 /*
|
|
|
6016 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
6017 */
|
|
|
6018 else
|
|
|
6019 {
|
|
|
6020 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
6021 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6022 ++look;
|
|
|
6023 }
|
|
|
6024
|
|
|
6025 /*
|
|
|
6026 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
6027 */
|
|
|
6028 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
6029 }
|
|
|
6030 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6031 }
|
|
|
6032 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
6033
|
|
|
6034 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6035 /*
|
|
|
6036 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
6037 */
|
|
|
6038 int
|
|
|
6039 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
6040 int c;
|
|
|
6041 {
|
|
|
6042 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
6043 {
|
|
|
6044 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
6045 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
6046 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
6047 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
6048 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
6049 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
6050 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
6051 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
6052 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
6053 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
6054 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
6055 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
6056 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
6057
|
|
|
6058 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
6059 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6060 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
6061 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
6062 return 'X';
|
|
|
6063 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
6064 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
6065 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
6066 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
6067 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
6068 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6069 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
6070 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6071 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6072 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
6073 #else
|
|
|
6074 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
6075 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
6076 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
6077 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
6078 */
|
|
|
6079 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
6080 #endif
|
|
|
6081 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6082 else
|
|
|
6083 return c;
|
|
|
6084 }
|
|
|
6085 else
|
|
|
6086 {
|
|
|
6087 switch (c)
|
|
|
6088 {
|
|
|
6089 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
6090 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
6091 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
6092 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
6093 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
6094
|
|
|
6095 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
6096 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
6097 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
6098 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
6099 default: {
|
|
|
6100 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
6101
|
|
|
6102 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6103 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
6104 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
6105 #else
|
|
|
6106 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
6107 #endif
|
|
|
6108 return c;
|
|
|
6109 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
6110 break;
|
|
|
6111 }
|
|
|
6112 }
|
|
|
6113
|
|
|
6114 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6115 }
|
|
|
6116 }
|
|
|
6117 #endif
|
|
|
6118
|
|
|
6119 static void
|
|
|
6120 ins_reg()
|
|
|
6121 {
|
|
|
6122 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6123 int regname;
|
|
|
6124 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
6125
|
|
|
6126 /*
|
|
|
6127 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
6128 */
|
|
|
6129 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
6130 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
6131 {
|
|
|
6132 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
6133 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
6134
|
|
|
6135 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
6136 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6137 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6138 #endif
|
|
|
6139 }
|
|
|
6140
|
|
|
6141 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
6142 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
6143 #endif
|
|
|
6144
|
|
|
6145 /*
|
|
|
6146 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6147 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6148 */
|
|
|
6149 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6150 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6151 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6152 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6153 #endif
|
|
|
6154 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6155 {
|
|
|
6156 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
6157 literally = regname;
|
|
|
6158 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6159 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
6160 #endif
|
|
|
6161 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6162 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6163 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6164 #endif
|
|
|
6165 }
|
|
|
6166 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6167
|
|
|
6168 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6169 /*
|
|
|
6170 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
6171 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
6172 */
|
|
|
6173 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6174 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
6175 {
|
|
133
|
6176 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6177 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
6178 # endif
|
|
7
|
6179 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
6180 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6181 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
6182 if (im_on)
|
|
|
6183 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
6184 # endif
|
|
7
|
6185 }
|
|
140
|
6186 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
6187 {
|
|
|
6188 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
6189 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
6190 }
|
|
7
|
6191 else
|
|
|
6192 {
|
|
|
6193 #endif
|
|
|
6194 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6195 {
|
|
|
6196 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
6197 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6198 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
6199 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
6200
|
|
|
6201 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
6202 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
6203 }
|
|
|
6204 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6205 {
|
|
|
6206 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6207 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6208 }
|
|
133
|
6209 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
6210 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
6211 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
6212 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6213 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6214
|
|
7
|
6215 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6216 }
|
|
|
6217 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6218 #endif
|
|
|
6219 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6220 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
6221 #endif
|
|
|
6222
|
|
|
6223 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6224 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
6225 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
6226 }
|
|
|
6227
|
|
|
6228 /*
|
|
|
6229 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6230 */
|
|
|
6231 static void
|
|
|
6232 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
6233 {
|
|
|
6234 int c;
|
|
|
6235
|
|
|
6236 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6237 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
6238 setcursor();
|
|
|
6239 #endif
|
|
|
6240
|
|
|
6241 /*
|
|
|
6242 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6243 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6244 */
|
|
|
6245 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6246 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6247 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6248 switch (c)
|
|
|
6249 {
|
|
|
6250 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6251 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6252 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
6253 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
6254 break;
|
|
|
6255
|
|
|
6256 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6257 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6258 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
6259 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
6260 break;
|
|
|
6261
|
|
|
6262 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
6263 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
6264 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
6265 break;
|
|
|
6266
|
|
|
6267 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
6268 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
6269 }
|
|
|
6270 }
|
|
|
6271
|
|
|
6272 /*
|
|
|
6273 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
6274 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
6275 * insert.
|
|
|
6276 */
|
|
|
6277 static int
|
|
|
6278 ins_esc(count, cmdchar)
|
|
|
6279 long *count;
|
|
|
6280 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
6281 {
|
|
|
6282 int temp;
|
|
|
6283 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6284
|
|
|
6285 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
6286 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
6287 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
6288 # endif
|
|
|
6289 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
6290 {
|
|
|
6291 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
6292 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
6293 }
|
|
|
6294 #endif
|
|
|
6295 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
6296 previous_script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
|
6297 KeyScript(smKeyRoman); /* or smKeySysScript */
|
|
|
6298 #endif
|
|
|
6299
|
|
|
6300 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6301 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
6302 {
|
|
|
6303 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6304 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6305 }
|
|
|
6306 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
6307 {
|
|
|
6308 /*
|
|
|
6309 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
6310 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
6311 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
6312 */
|
|
|
6313 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
6314 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
6315
|
|
|
6316 /*
|
|
|
6317 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
6318 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
6319 */
|
|
|
6320 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
6321 {
|
|
|
6322 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
6323 if (got_int)
|
|
|
6324 *count = 0;
|
|
|
6325 }
|
|
|
6326
|
|
|
6327 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
6328 {
|
|
164
|
6329 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
6330 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
6331 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
6332
|
|
7
|
6333 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6334 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
6335 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
6336 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6337 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6338 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
6339 }
|
|
|
6340 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
6341 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6342 }
|
|
|
6343
|
|
|
6344 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
6345 * indent */
|
|
|
6346 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6347 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6348
|
|
|
6349 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
6350 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
6351 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6352
|
|
|
6353 /*
|
|
|
6354 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
|
6355 */
|
|
|
6356 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
|
6357 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6358 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
6359 #endif
|
|
|
6360 ) && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
6361 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
6362 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6363 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
6364 #endif
|
|
|
6365 ))
|
|
|
6366 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6367 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6368 #endif
|
|
|
6369 )
|
|
|
6370 {
|
|
|
6371 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6372 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
6373 {
|
|
|
6374 oneleft();
|
|
|
6375 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6376 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6377 }
|
|
|
6378 else
|
|
|
6379 #endif
|
|
|
6380 {
|
|
|
6381 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6382 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6383 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
6384 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6385 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6386 #endif
|
|
|
6387 }
|
|
|
6388 }
|
|
|
6389
|
|
|
6390 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6391 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
6392 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
6393 * well). */
|
|
|
6394 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6395 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
6396 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6397 #endif
|
|
|
6398
|
|
|
6399 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6400 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
6401 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
6402
|
|
|
6403 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6404 setmouse();
|
|
|
6405 #endif
|
|
|
6406 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6407 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6408 #endif
|
|
|
6409
|
|
|
6410 /*
|
|
|
6411 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
6412 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
6413 */
|
|
|
6414 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6415 showmode();
|
|
|
6416 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
6417 MSG("");
|
|
|
6418
|
|
|
6419 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
6420 }
|
|
|
6421
|
|
|
6422 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6423 /*
|
|
|
6424 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
6425 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
6426 */
|
|
|
6427 static void
|
|
|
6428 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
6429 {
|
|
|
6430 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
6431 {
|
|
|
6432 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
6433 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6434 }
|
|
|
6435 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
6436 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
6437 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
6438 {
|
|
|
6439 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6440 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6441 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
6442 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6443 }
|
|
|
6444 else
|
|
|
6445 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
6446 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6447 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
6448 {
|
|
|
6449 /*
|
|
|
6450 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
6451 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
6452 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
6453 */
|
|
|
6454 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
6455 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
6456 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
6457 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6458 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
6459 }
|
|
|
6460 else
|
|
|
6461 #endif
|
|
|
6462 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
6463 showmode();
|
|
|
6464 }
|
|
|
6465 #endif
|
|
|
6466
|
|
|
6467 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6468 /*
|
|
|
6469 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
6470 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
6471 */
|
|
|
6472 static int
|
|
|
6473 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
6474 int c;
|
|
|
6475 {
|
|
|
6476 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
6477 switch (c)
|
|
|
6478 {
|
|
|
6479 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
6480 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
6481 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
6482 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
6483 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6484 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6485 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
6486 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
6487 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6488 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6489 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6490 case K_END:
|
|
|
6491 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
6492 # endif
|
|
|
6493 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
6494 break;
|
|
|
6495 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
6496 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
6497 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6498 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
6499 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
6500 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
6501 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
6502 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
6503 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
6504 start_selection();
|
|
|
6505
|
|
|
6506 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
6507 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
6508 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
6509 {
|
|
|
6510 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
6511
|
|
|
6512 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6513 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
6514 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
6515 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
6516 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
6517 }
|
|
|
6518 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6519 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6520 }
|
|
|
6521 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6522 }
|
|
|
6523 #endif
|
|
|
6524
|
|
|
6525 /*
|
|
|
6526 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
6527 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
6528 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
6529 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
6530 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
6531 */
|
|
|
6532 static void
|
|
|
6533 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
6534 int c;
|
|
|
6535 int lastc;
|
|
|
6536 {
|
|
|
6537 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6538 return;
|
|
|
6539 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6540
|
|
|
6541 /*
|
|
|
6542 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
6543 */
|
|
|
6544 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6545 {
|
|
|
6546 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6547 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
6548 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
6549 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6550 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6551 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
6552 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
6553 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6554 }
|
|
|
6555 else
|
|
|
6556 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6557
|
|
|
6558 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
6559 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6560 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6561 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6562 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6563 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6564 #endif
|
|
|
6565 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6566 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
6567 #endif
|
|
|
6568 }
|
|
|
6569
|
|
|
6570 static void
|
|
|
6571 ins_del()
|
|
|
6572 {
|
|
|
6573 int temp;
|
|
|
6574
|
|
|
6575 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6576 return;
|
|
|
6577 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
6578 {
|
|
|
6579 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6580 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
6581 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
6582 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
6583 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6584 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6585 else
|
|
|
6586 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6587 }
|
|
|
6588 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
6589 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6590 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6591 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6592 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6593 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6594 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6595 #endif
|
|
|
6596 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
6597 }
|
|
|
6598
|
|
|
6599 /*
|
|
|
6600 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6601 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
6602 */
|
|
|
6603 static int
|
|
|
6604 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
6605 int c;
|
|
|
6606 int mode;
|
|
|
6607 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
6608 {
|
|
|
6609 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6610 int cc;
|
|
|
6611 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
6612 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
6613 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
6614 int in_indent;
|
|
|
6615 int oldState;
|
|
|
6616 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6617 int p1, p2;
|
|
|
6618 #endif
|
|
|
6619
|
|
|
6620 /*
|
|
|
6621 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
6622 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
6623 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
6624 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
6625 */
|
|
|
6626 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
6627 || (
|
|
|
6628 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6629 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
6630 #endif
|
|
|
6631 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6632 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
6633 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
6634 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6635 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
6636 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
6637 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
6638 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
6639 {
|
|
|
6640 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6641 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6642 }
|
|
|
6643
|
|
|
6644 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6645 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6646 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
6647 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6648 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
6649 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
6650 #endif
|
|
|
6651 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
6652 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
6653 #endif
|
|
|
6654 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6655 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
6656 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6657 #endif
|
|
|
6658
|
|
|
6659 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6660 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
6661 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
6662 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
6663 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
6664 */
|
|
|
6665 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
6666 {
|
|
|
6667 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
6668 {
|
|
|
6669 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6670 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6671 }
|
|
|
6672 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
6673 {
|
|
|
6674 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6675 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6676 }
|
|
|
6677 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6678 }
|
|
|
6679 #endif
|
|
|
6680
|
|
|
6681 /*
|
|
|
6682 * delete newline!
|
|
|
6683 */
|
|
|
6684 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6685 {
|
|
|
6686 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6687 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6688 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6689 || revins_on
|
|
|
6690 #endif
|
|
|
6691 )
|
|
|
6692 {
|
|
|
6693 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
6694 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6695 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6696 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6697 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6698 }
|
|
|
6699 /*
|
|
|
6700 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
6701 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
6702 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
6703 */
|
|
|
6704 cc = -1;
|
|
|
6705 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6706 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
6707 /*
|
|
|
6708 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
6709 * cursor.
|
|
|
6710 */
|
|
|
6711 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
6712 {
|
|
|
6713 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6714 }
|
|
|
6715 else
|
|
|
6716 {
|
|
|
6717 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6718 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6719 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
6720 #endif
|
|
|
6721 {
|
|
|
6722 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
6723 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
6724
|
|
|
6725 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
6726 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
6727 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
6728 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
6729 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
6730 {
|
|
|
6731 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
6732 TRUE);
|
|
|
6733 int len;
|
|
|
6734
|
|
|
6735 len = STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
6736 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
6737 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
6738 }
|
|
|
6739
|
|
7
|
6740 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
6741 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
6742 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6743 }
|
|
|
6744 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6745 else
|
|
|
6746 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6747 #endif
|
|
|
6748
|
|
|
6749 /*
|
|
|
6750 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
6751 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
6752 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
6753 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
6754 */
|
|
|
6755 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6756 {
|
|
|
6757 /*
|
|
|
6758 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
6759 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
6760 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
6761 */
|
|
|
6762 oldState = State;
|
|
|
6763 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6764 /*
|
|
|
6765 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
6766 */
|
|
|
6767 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
6768 {
|
|
|
6769 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6770 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6771 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
6772 #else
|
|
|
6773 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6774 #endif
|
|
|
6775 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6776 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6777 }
|
|
|
6778 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
6779 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6780 State = oldState;
|
|
|
6781 }
|
|
|
6782 }
|
|
|
6783 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6784 }
|
|
|
6785 else
|
|
|
6786 {
|
|
|
6787 /*
|
|
|
6788 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
6789 */
|
|
|
6790 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6791 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
6792 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6793 #endif
|
|
|
6794 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
6795 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
6796 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
6797 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6798 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6799 #endif
|
|
|
6800 )
|
|
|
6801 {
|
|
|
6802 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6803 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
6804 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
6805 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6806 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6807 }
|
|
|
6808
|
|
|
6809 /*
|
|
|
6810 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
6811 */
|
|
|
6812 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
6813 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
|
6814 || (curbuf->b_p_sts
|
|
|
6815 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
6816 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
6817 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
6818 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
6819 {
|
|
|
6820 int ts;
|
|
|
6821 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
6822 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
6823 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
6824
|
|
|
6825 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
|
6826 if (p_sta)
|
|
|
6827 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6828 else
|
|
|
6829 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
6830 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
6831 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
6832 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
6833 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6834 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6835 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
6836 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6837 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
6838
|
|
|
6839 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
6840 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
6841 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
6842 {
|
|
|
6843 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6844 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6845 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6846 {
|
|
|
6847 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
6848 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
6849 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6850 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6851 {
|
|
|
6852 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
6853 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6854 {
|
|
|
6855 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6856 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
6857 }
|
|
|
6858 else
|
|
|
6859 #endif
|
|
|
6860 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
6861 }
|
|
|
6862 }
|
|
|
6863 else
|
|
|
6864 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6865 }
|
|
|
6866
|
|
|
6867 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
6868 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6869 {
|
|
|
6870 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
6871 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6872 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6873 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6874
|
|
|
6875 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6876 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6877 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
6878 else
|
|
|
6879 #endif
|
|
|
6880 {
|
|
|
6881 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
6882 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
6883 {
|
|
|
6884 if (extra)
|
|
|
6885 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
6886 else
|
|
|
6887 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
6888 }
|
|
|
6889 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
6890 extra = 1;
|
|
|
6891 }
|
|
|
6892 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6893 }
|
|
|
6894 }
|
|
|
6895
|
|
|
6896 /*
|
|
|
6897 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
6898 */
|
|
|
6899 else do
|
|
|
6900 {
|
|
|
6901 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6902 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
6903 #endif
|
|
|
6904 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6905
|
|
|
6906 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
6907 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
6908 {
|
|
|
6909 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
6910 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
6911 }
|
|
|
6912 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
6913 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
6914 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
6915 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
6916 {
|
|
|
6917 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6918 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
6919 #endif
|
|
|
6920 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6921 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6922 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6923 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6924 #endif
|
|
|
6925 break;
|
|
|
6926 }
|
|
|
6927 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6928 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
6929 else
|
|
|
6930 {
|
|
|
6931 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6932 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
|
6933 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
|
6934 #endif
|
|
|
6935 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6936 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6937 /*
|
|
|
6938 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
|
6939 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
|
6940 * character.
|
|
|
6941 */
|
|
|
6942 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
|
6943 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6944 #endif
|
|
|
6945 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6946 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
6947 {
|
|
|
6948 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
6949 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6950 }
|
|
|
6951 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
6952 break;
|
|
|
6953 #endif
|
|
|
6954 }
|
|
|
6955 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
6956 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
6957 break;
|
|
|
6958 } while (
|
|
|
6959 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6960 revins_on ||
|
|
|
6961 #endif
|
|
|
6962 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
6963 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6964 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
6965 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
6966 }
|
|
|
6967 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6968 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6969 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6970 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6971 #endif
|
|
|
6972 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
6973 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6974 /*
|
|
|
6975 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
6976 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
6977 * with.
|
|
|
6978 */
|
|
|
6979 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6980
|
|
|
6981 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
6982 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6983 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6984 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6985
|
|
|
6986 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
6987 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
6988 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
6989 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
6990 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
6991 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
6992 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
6993 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
6994 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
6995
|
|
|
6996 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
6997 }
|
|
|
6998
|
|
|
6999 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7000 static void
|
|
|
7001 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
7002 int c;
|
|
|
7003 {
|
|
|
7004 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7005
|
|
|
7006 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7007 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
7008 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7009 # endif
|
|
|
7010 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
7011 return;
|
|
|
7012
|
|
|
7013 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7014 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7015 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
7016 {
|
|
|
7017 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7018 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7019 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7020 # endif
|
|
|
7021 }
|
|
|
7022
|
|
|
7023 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
7024 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
7025 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
7026 #endif
|
|
|
7027 }
|
|
|
7028
|
|
|
7029 static void
|
|
|
7030 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
7031 int up;
|
|
|
7032 {
|
|
|
7033 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7034 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7035 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
7036 # endif
|
|
|
7037
|
|
|
7038 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7039
|
|
|
7040 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7041 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
7042
|
|
|
7043 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
7044 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7045 {
|
|
|
7046 int row, col;
|
|
|
7047
|
|
|
7048 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
7049 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
7050
|
|
|
7051 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
7052 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
7053 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7054 }
|
|
|
7055 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
7056 # endif
|
|
|
7057 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7058
|
|
|
7059 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
7060 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
7061 else
|
|
|
7062 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
7063
|
|
|
7064 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7065 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
7066
|
|
|
7067 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
7068 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7069 # endif
|
|
|
7070
|
|
|
7071 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
7072 {
|
|
|
7073 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7074 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7075 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7076 # endif
|
|
|
7077 }
|
|
|
7078 }
|
|
|
7079 #endif
|
|
|
7080
|
|
|
7081 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7082 void
|
|
|
7083 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
7084 {
|
|
|
7085 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7086
|
|
|
7087 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7088 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7089 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
7090 {
|
|
|
7091 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7092 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7093 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7094 # endif
|
|
|
7095 }
|
|
|
7096 }
|
|
|
7097
|
|
|
7098 void
|
|
|
7099 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
7100 {
|
|
|
7101 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7102
|
|
|
7103 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7104 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7105 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
7106 {
|
|
|
7107 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7108 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7109 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7110 # endif
|
|
|
7111 }
|
|
|
7112 }
|
|
|
7113 #endif
|
|
|
7114
|
|
|
7115 static void
|
|
|
7116 ins_left()
|
|
|
7117 {
|
|
|
7118 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7119
|
|
|
7120 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7121 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7122 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7123 #endif
|
|
|
7124 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7125 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7126 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
7127 {
|
|
|
7128 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7129 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7130 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
7131 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
7132 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7133 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7134 #endif
|
|
|
7135 }
|
|
|
7136
|
|
|
7137 /*
|
|
|
7138 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
7139 * previous line
|
|
|
7140 */
|
|
|
7141 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7142 {
|
|
|
7143 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7144 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7145 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7146 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
7147 }
|
|
|
7148 else
|
|
|
7149 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7150 }
|
|
|
7151
|
|
|
7152 static void
|
|
|
7153 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
7154 int c;
|
|
|
7155 {
|
|
|
7156 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7157
|
|
|
7158 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7159 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7160 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7161 #endif
|
|
|
7162 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7163 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7164 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
7165 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
7166 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7167 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7168 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7169 #endif
|
|
|
7170 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
7171 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7172 }
|
|
|
7173
|
|
|
7174 static void
|
|
|
7175 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
7176 int c;
|
|
|
7177 {
|
|
|
7178 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7179
|
|
|
7180 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7181 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7182 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7183 #endif
|
|
|
7184 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7185 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7186 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
7187 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
7188 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7189 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7190
|
|
|
7191 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7192 }
|
|
|
7193
|
|
|
7194 static void
|
|
|
7195 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
7196 {
|
|
|
7197 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7198 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7199 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7200 #endif
|
|
|
7201 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7202 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7203 {
|
|
|
7204 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7205 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7206 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7207 }
|
|
|
7208 else
|
|
|
7209 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7210 }
|
|
|
7211
|
|
|
7212 static void
|
|
|
7213 ins_right()
|
|
|
7214 {
|
|
|
7215 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7216 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7217 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7218 #endif
|
|
|
7219 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7220 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
7221 )
|
|
|
7222 {
|
|
|
7223 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7224 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7225 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7226 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7227 oneright();
|
|
|
7228 else
|
|
|
7229 #endif
|
|
|
7230 {
|
|
|
7231 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7232 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7233 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
7234 else
|
|
|
7235 #endif
|
|
|
7236 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7237 }
|
|
|
7238
|
|
|
7239 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7240 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7241 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7242 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7243 #endif
|
|
|
7244 }
|
|
|
7245 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
7246 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
7247 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
7248 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7249 {
|
|
|
7250 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7251 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7252 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7253 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7254 }
|
|
|
7255 else
|
|
|
7256 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7257 }
|
|
|
7258
|
|
|
7259 static void
|
|
|
7260 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
7261 {
|
|
|
7262 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7263 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7264 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7265 #endif
|
|
|
7266 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7267 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7268 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7269 {
|
|
|
7270 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7271 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
7272 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7273 }
|
|
|
7274 else
|
|
|
7275 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7276 }
|
|
|
7277
|
|
|
7278 static void
|
|
|
7279 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
7280 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7281 {
|
|
|
7282 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7283 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7284 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7285 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7286 #endif
|
|
|
7287
|
|
|
7288 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7289 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7290 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7291 {
|
|
|
7292 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7293 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7294 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7295 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7296 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7297 #endif
|
|
|
7298 )
|
|
|
7299 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7300 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7301 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7302 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7303 #endif
|
|
|
7304 }
|
|
|
7305 else
|
|
|
7306 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7307 }
|
|
|
7308
|
|
|
7309 static void
|
|
|
7310 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
7311 {
|
|
|
7312 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7313
|
|
|
7314 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7315 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7316 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7317 {
|
|
|
7318 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7319 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7320 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7321 #endif
|
|
|
7322 }
|
|
|
7323 else
|
|
|
7324 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7325 }
|
|
|
7326
|
|
|
7327 static void
|
|
|
7328 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
7329 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7330 {
|
|
|
7331 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7332 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7333 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7334 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7335 #endif
|
|
|
7336
|
|
|
7337 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7338 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7339 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7340 {
|
|
|
7341 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7342 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7343 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7344 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7345 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7346 #endif
|
|
|
7347 )
|
|
|
7348 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7349 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7350 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7351 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7352 #endif
|
|
|
7353 }
|
|
|
7354 else
|
|
|
7355 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7356 }
|
|
|
7357
|
|
|
7358 static void
|
|
|
7359 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
7360 {
|
|
|
7361 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7362
|
|
|
7363 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7364 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7365 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7366 {
|
|
|
7367 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7368 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7369 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7370 #endif
|
|
|
7371 }
|
|
|
7372 else
|
|
|
7373 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7374 }
|
|
|
7375
|
|
|
7376 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
7377 static void
|
|
|
7378 ins_drop()
|
|
|
7379 {
|
|
|
7380 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7381 }
|
|
|
7382 #endif
|
|
|
7383
|
|
|
7384 /*
|
|
|
7385 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
7386 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
7387 */
|
|
|
7388 static int
|
|
|
7389 ins_tab()
|
|
|
7390 {
|
|
|
7391 int ind;
|
|
|
7392 int i;
|
|
|
7393 int temp;
|
|
|
7394
|
|
|
7395 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
7396 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
7397 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7398 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7399
|
|
|
7400 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7401 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7402 if (ind)
|
|
|
7403 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7404 #endif
|
|
|
7405
|
|
|
7406 /*
|
|
|
7407 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
7408 */
|
|
|
7409 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
7410 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
7411 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
7412 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7413
|
|
|
7414 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7415 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7416
|
|
|
7417 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7418 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7419 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7420 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7421 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7422 #endif
|
|
|
7423 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
7424
|
|
|
7425 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
7426 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7427 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
7428 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7429 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
7430 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
7431 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
7432
|
|
|
7433 /*
|
|
|
7434 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
7435 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
7436 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
7437 */
|
|
|
7438 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7439 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
7440 {
|
|
|
7441 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7442 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7443 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7444 else
|
|
|
7445 #endif
|
|
|
7446 {
|
|
|
7447 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7448 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
7449 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7450 }
|
|
|
7451 }
|
|
|
7452
|
|
|
7453 /*
|
|
|
7454 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
7455 */
|
|
|
7456 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
7457 {
|
|
|
7458 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7459 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7460 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7461 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
7462 #endif
|
|
|
7463 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
7464 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
7465 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
7466 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
7467 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
7468
|
|
|
7469 /*
|
|
|
7470 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
7471 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
7472 */
|
|
|
7473 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7474 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7475 {
|
|
|
7476 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7477 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
7478 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7479 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
7480 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7481 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
7482 }
|
|
|
7483 else
|
|
|
7484 #endif
|
|
|
7485 {
|
|
|
7486 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
7487 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7488 }
|
|
|
7489
|
|
|
7490 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
7491 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7492 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
7493
|
|
|
7494 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
7495 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7496 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
7497 {
|
|
|
7498 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
7499 --ptr;
|
|
|
7500 }
|
|
|
7501
|
|
|
7502 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
7503 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7504 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7505 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7506 {
|
|
|
7507 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7508 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
7509 }
|
|
|
7510
|
|
|
7511 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
7512 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7513 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7514
|
|
|
7515 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
7516 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
7517 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
7518 {
|
|
|
7519 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
7520 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7521 break;
|
|
|
7522 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
7523 {
|
|
|
7524 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
7525 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
7526 {
|
|
|
7527 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
7528 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
7529 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7530 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
7531 }
|
|
|
7532 }
|
|
|
7533 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
7534 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7535 vcol += i;
|
|
|
7536 }
|
|
|
7537
|
|
|
7538 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7539 {
|
|
|
7540 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
7541
|
|
|
7542 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
7543 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
7544 {
|
|
|
7545 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
7546 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7547 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
7548 }
|
|
|
7549 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7550 {
|
|
|
7551 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
7552 --ptr;
|
|
|
7553 --repl_off;
|
|
|
7554 }
|
|
|
7555 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
7556
|
|
|
7557 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
7558 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7559 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
7560 {
|
|
|
7561 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
7562 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
7563 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7564 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7565 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7566 #endif
|
|
|
7567 )
|
|
|
7568 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
7569 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
7570 }
|
|
33
|
7571 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
7572 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
7573 {
|
|
|
7574 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7575 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
7576 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7577 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
7578 }
|
|
|
7579 #endif
|
|
7
|
7580 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
7581
|
|
|
7582 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7583 /*
|
|
|
7584 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
7585 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
7586 * spacing.
|
|
|
7587 */
|
|
|
7588 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7589 {
|
|
|
7590 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
7591 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
7592
|
|
|
7593 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
7594 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
7595 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
7596 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
7597 }
|
|
|
7598 #endif
|
|
|
7599 }
|
|
|
7600
|
|
|
7601 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7602 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7603 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
7604 #endif
|
|
|
7605 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
7606 }
|
|
|
7607
|
|
|
7608 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7609 }
|
|
|
7610
|
|
|
7611 /*
|
|
|
7612 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
7613 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
7614 */
|
|
|
7615 static int
|
|
|
7616 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
7617 int c;
|
|
|
7618 {
|
|
|
7619 int i;
|
|
|
7620
|
|
|
7621 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7622 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7623 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7624 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7625 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7626
|
|
|
7627 /*
|
|
|
7628 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
7629 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
7630 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
7631 */
|
|
|
7632 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7633 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7634 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7635 #endif
|
|
|
7636 )
|
|
|
7637 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7638
|
|
|
7639 /*
|
|
|
7640 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
7641 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
7642 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
7643 * in open_line().
|
|
|
7644 */
|
|
|
7645
|
|
|
7646 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7647 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7648 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
7649 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
7650 # endif
|
|
|
7651 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
7652 * current line. */
|
|
|
7653 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
7654 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
7655 #endif
|
|
|
7656
|
|
|
7657 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
7658 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
7659 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7660 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
7661 #endif
|
|
|
7662 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
7663 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
7664 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7665 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7666 #endif
|
|
|
7667
|
|
|
7668 return (!i);
|
|
|
7669 }
|
|
|
7670
|
|
|
7671 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
7672 /*
|
|
|
7673 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
7674 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
7675 * done.
|
|
|
7676 */
|
|
|
7677 static int
|
|
|
7678 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
7679 {
|
|
|
7680 int c;
|
|
|
7681 int cc;
|
|
|
7682
|
|
|
7683 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
7684 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7685 {
|
|
|
7686 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7687 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7688
|
|
|
7689 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
7690 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7691 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
7692 #endif
|
|
|
7693 }
|
|
|
7694
|
|
|
7695 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
7696 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
7697 #endif
|
|
|
7698
|
|
|
7699 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
7700 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
7701 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7702 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7703 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7704 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7705 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7706 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
7707 {
|
|
|
7708 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7709 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7710 #endif
|
|
|
7711 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7712 return NUL;
|
|
|
7713 }
|
|
|
7714 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
7715 {
|
|
|
7716 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7717 {
|
|
|
7718 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7719 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7720
|
|
|
7721 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
7722 {
|
|
|
7723 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
7724 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
7725 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7726 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7727 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
7728 }
|
|
|
7729 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7730 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
7731 #endif
|
|
|
7732 }
|
|
|
7733 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7734 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7735 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7736 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7737 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7738 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
7739 {
|
|
|
7740 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
7741 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
7742 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7743 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7744 #endif
|
|
|
7745 return c;
|
|
|
7746 }
|
|
|
7747 }
|
|
|
7748 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7749 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7750 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7751 #endif
|
|
|
7752 return NUL;
|
|
|
7753 }
|
|
|
7754 #endif
|
|
|
7755
|
|
|
7756 /*
|
|
|
7757 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
7758 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
7759 */
|
|
|
7760 static int
|
|
|
7761 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
7762 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7763 {
|
|
|
7764 int c;
|
|
|
7765 int temp;
|
|
|
7766 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7767
|
|
|
7768 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7769 {
|
|
|
7770 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7771 return NUL;
|
|
|
7772 }
|
|
|
7773
|
|
|
7774 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
7775 temp = 0;
|
|
|
7776 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
7777 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7778 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
7779 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
7780 {
|
|
|
7781 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7782 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
7783 }
|
|
|
7784 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
7785 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7786
|
|
|
7787 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7788 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
7789 #else
|
|
|
7790 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
7791 #endif
|
|
|
7792 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
7793 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7794 return c;
|
|
|
7795 }
|
|
|
7796
|
|
|
7797 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7798 /*
|
|
|
7799 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
7800 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
7801 */
|
|
|
7802 static void
|
|
|
7803 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
7804 int c;
|
|
|
7805 {
|
|
|
7806 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
7807 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7808 int i;
|
|
|
7809 int temp;
|
|
|
7810
|
|
|
7811 /*
|
|
|
7812 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
7813 */
|
|
|
7814 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
7815 {
|
|
|
7816 /*
|
|
|
7817 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
7818 */
|
|
|
7819 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
7820 {
|
|
|
7821 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7822 /*
|
|
|
7823 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
7824 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
7825 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
7826 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
7827 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
7828 */
|
|
|
7829 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
7830 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
7831 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
7832 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
7833 ;
|
|
|
7834 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
7835 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
7836 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
7837 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
7838 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
7839 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
7840 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7841 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7842 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
7843 else
|
|
|
7844 #endif
|
|
|
7845 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
7846 }
|
|
|
7847 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7848 {
|
|
|
7849 /*
|
|
|
7850 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
7851 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
7852 */
|
|
|
7853 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
7854 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7855 {
|
|
|
7856 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7857 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
7858 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7859 {
|
|
|
7860 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
7861
|
|
|
7862 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
7863 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
7864 break;
|
|
|
7865 }
|
|
|
7866 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
7867 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
7868 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
7869 }
|
|
|
7870 if (temp)
|
|
|
7871 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
7872 }
|
|
|
7873 }
|
|
|
7874
|
|
|
7875 /*
|
|
|
7876 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
7877 */
|
|
|
7878 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
7879 {
|
|
|
7880 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
7881 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
7882 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
7883 }
|
|
|
7884
|
|
|
7885 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
7886 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7887 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7888 }
|
|
|
7889 #endif
|
|
|
7890
|
|
|
7891 /*
|
|
|
7892 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
7893 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
7894 */
|
|
|
7895 static colnr_T
|
|
|
7896 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
7897 {
|
|
|
7898 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7899 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7900 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
7901 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7902 }
|
